LG | T1872WFFS5 | LG T1872WFFS5 Owner’s Manual

RELEASING THIS DRAWING
WITHOUT PERMISSION LG
Electronics SHOULD BE
ACCUSED ACCORDING TO THE
LAWS AND COMPANY RULES.
MFL69552205
이 도면은 LG전자의 자산으로 불법
유출시 관계법과 회사규정에 의해 처벌됨.
WORK
SEC.
가
BRAND
05
LG
나
MODEL
다
P/NO.
T1872WFFS5
MFL69552205
<FRONT>
<BACK>
210
가
가
PRINTING DEGREE
EXTERIER INTERIER
1
1
LG MODEL 명
MATERIAL AND PRINTING DESCRIPTION
모조지 80g OFFSET 인쇄
SUFFIX
T1772WFFS5
ASSPALY
LANGUAGE
PAGE
REMARK
ENG + ARA
72
TD for UAE
<< 주기 >>
1. 재질 : 모조지 80g
2. 인쇄 작업
1) G/S(LG) BRAND(FIG1): * 표지 - 1도 : LG RED PANTONE #207
- 2도 : LG GRAY PANTONE #430
* 내지 -1도 : BLACK
2) OEM BRAND(FIG2) : * 표지 - 1도 : BLACK
* 내지 - 1도 : BLACK
3. 문자의 크기 및 형상은 주어진 FILM에 준한다.
4. 책자의 크기는 일반적 규격(국판)에 준한다.
5. 양산 전에 설계 한도를 득할것.
6. 유해물질 관리 기준
:본 부품에 금지물질이 포함되지 않도록 하고, 상세내용은 LG(63)-A-5501-34를
만족할 것.
<< NOTES >>
1. Material : Vellum paper
나
2. Print work
P/NO. 다
150
150
1) G/S(LG) BRAND(FIG1) : * Cover - First color : LG Red Pantone #207
- Second color : LG GRAY PANTONE #430
* Inside - First color : Black
2) OEM BRAND(FIG2) : * Cover - First color : Black
* Inside - First color : Black
3. Printing, text size and line are based on LG designg film.
4. Size will Follow the standard.
5. Before product controlled by criteria sample.
6. Standard of supervision for hazardous material
: The part should not contain prohibited substances(Pb,Cd,Hg,Cr+6,PBB,PBDE)
and details should comply with LG standard of LG(63)-A-5501-34.
PDF
ILLUSTRATOR
TRIG.
UNIT
mm
SCALE
1
1
MODELING DESIGNED REVIEWED CHECKED APPROVED
1
인쇄 내용 수정
EAGG900981
2016/09/29
장현연
김현석
2
인쇄 내용 수정
EAGGA00665
2016/10/20
장현연
김현석
3
LG 전자
4
REV. NO.
기호
장현연
16.09.19
REVISION DESCRIPTION
변경 사항
REF. NO.
시방 번호
DATE
년/월/일
PREPARED APPROVED
시방자
승인자
(주)
LG Electronics Inc.
이갑선
16.09.19
김현석
16.09.19
RELATED DWG.
T
I
T
L
E
DWG.
No.
DR COMPLETED
도면 DR 완료
완료일 : 16.09.19
MANUAL,OWNER’S
TD
1/1
MFL69552205
OWNER’S MANUAL
WASHING MACHINE
Please read this manual carefully before operating
your washing machine and retain it for future reference.
T1872WFFS5
MFL69552205
www.lg.com
I N T RO D U C T I O N
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Basic safety precautions......................................... 3
Grounding instructions............................................ 4
Safety instructions for installation........................... 5
Safety instructions for use, care and cleaning,
and disposal............................................................ 6
PARTS AND FEATURES
Special Features...................................................... 7
Key Parts and Components.................................... 8
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Choose the Proper Location................................... 9
Flooring................................................................... 9
Clearances.............................................................. 9
Unpack the Washer............................................... 10
Connecting the Water Lines.................................. 11
Connecting the Drain Line................................11-12
Leveling the Washer............................................. 12
Connect to the Power Supply............................... 12
HOW TO USE
Control Panel Features.......................................... 13
Operating the Washer........................................... 14
Cycle Guide........................................................... 15
Sorting Wash Loads.............................................. 16
About the Dispenser.............................................. 17
Loading the Dispenser.......................................... 18
The LED Display.................................................... 19
Cycle Modifier Buttons.......................................... 20
Cycle Option Buttons ..................................... 21-22
SMART FUNCTIONS
Application Installation.......................................... 23
Using the Wi-Fi Function....................................... 23
Open Source Software Notice Information..... 23-24
Using the Smart Diagnosis™ Function................. 24
Smart Diagnosis™ Through the Customer
Information Center................................................ 24
CARE AND CLEANING
Regular Cleaning............................................. 25-26
Maintenance.......................................................... 26
Cleaning the Washer............................................. 27
TROUBLESHOOTING
Normal Sounds You May Hear.............................. 28
Before Calling for Service................................ 28-32
SmartDiagnosis™................................................. 33
TERMS OF WARRANTY
What Is Not Covered............................................ 34
SPECIFICATION
Specification......................................................... 35
2
THANK YOU!
Congratulations on your purchase
and welcome to the LG family.
Your new LG washing machine
combines the most advanced
washing technology with simple
operation and high efficiency.
Follow the operating and care
instructions in this manual, and your
washer will provide many years of
reliable service.
I M P O RTA N T S A F E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N S
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
wWARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be
followed to minimize the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent
property damage, personal injury, or loss of life.
Your safety and the safety of others is very important.
We have provided many important safety messages in this manual and on your appliance. Always read
and obey all safety messages.
This is the safety alert symbol.
This symbol alerts you to potential hazards that can kill or hurt you and others.
All safety messages will follow the safety alert symbol and either the word DANGER or WARNING.
These words mean:
w
wDANGER: Y ou can be killed or seriously injured if you don’t immediately follow instructions.
wWARNING: You can be killed or seriously injured if you don’t follow instructions.
wCAUTION: You may be slightly injured or cause damage to the product if you do not follow instructions.
All safety messages will tell you what the potential hazard is, tell you how to reduce the chance of injury,
and tell you what can happen if the instructions are not followed.
BASIC SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
wWARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal injury when using
this appliance, follow basic precautions, including the following.
• Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as
described in this owner’s Manual.
• Before use, the washer must be properly installed as
described in this manual.
•Do not wash articles that have been previously cleaned in, washed in, soaked in, or spotted with gasoline,
dry cleaning solvents, or other flammable or explosive
substances, as they give off vapors that could ignite or
explode.
• Do not add gasoline, dry cleaning solvents, or other
flammable or explosive substances to the wash water.
These substances give off vapors that could ignite or
explode.
• Under certain conditions, hydrogen gas may be produced
in a hot water system that has not been used for 2 weeks
or more. HYDROGEN GAS IS EXPLOSIVE. If the hot water
system has not been used for such a period, before using
the washer, turn on all hot water faucets and let the water
flow from each for several minutes. This will release any
accumulated hydrogen gas. As the gas is flammable, do not
smoke or use an open flame during this time.
• Do not allow children to play on or in the washer. Close
supervision of children is necessary when the washer is
used near children.
• Before the washer is removed from service or discarded,
remove the lid to prevent children from climbing inside.
• Do not install or store the washer where it will be exposed
to the weather or freezing temperatures.
• Do not tamper with controls.
• Keep the area underneath and around your appliances free
of combustible materials (lint, paper, rags, etc.), gasoline,
chemicals and other flammable vapors and liquids.
• Do not repair or replace any part of the washer or attempt
any servicing other than as described in this manual. We
strongly recommend that any service be performed by a
qualified individual.
• See Installation Instructions for grounding
requirements.
• ALWAYS follow the fabric care instructions
supplied by the garment manufacturer.
• Do not place items exposed to cooking oil in your washer.
Items contaminated with cooking oils may contribute to a
chemical reaction that could cause a load to catch fire.
• Use fabric softeners or products to eliminate static only as
recommended by the manufacturer.
• This washer is not designed for maritime use or for mobile
installations such as in RVs, aircraft, etc.
• Turn off the water taps and unplug the washer if the
machine is to be left for an extended period of time, such as
during vacations.
• Do not use to dry articles containing foam rubber or
similarly textured rubber-like materials.
• Packaging material can be dangerous for children. There is
a risk of suffocation! Keep all packaging from children.
• Always check the inside of the washer for foreign objects
before loading laundry. Keep the lid closed when not in use.
• Do not reach into the washer while parts are moving.
• A precaution indicates that the hands shall not be inserted
into running water-extracting tub.
• A precaution indicates that the washing machine shall not
be installed at a humid place.
• A precaution on the washing machine whose lid can be
opened during water extraction, that if it takes 15 s or more
for complete stop of water-extracting chamber tub such a
case should be understood as a trouble.
3
I M P O RTA N T S A F E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N S
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
wWARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be
followed to minimize the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent
property damage, personal injury, or loss of life.
GROUNDING INSTRUCTIONS
This appliance must be grounded. In the event of malfunction or breakdown, grounding will reduce
the risk of electric shock by providing a path of least resistance for electric current. This appliance is
equipped with a cord having an equipment-grounding conductor and grounding plug. The plug must
be plugged into an appropriate outlet that is properly installed and grounded in accordance with all
local codes and ordinances.
wWARNING: Improper connection of the equipment-grounding conductor can result in risk
of electric shock. Check with a qualified electrician or serviceman if you are in doubt as to whether the appliance is properly grounded. Do not modify the plug provided with the appliance. If it does not fit the outlet, have
a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician. Failure to follow these warnings can cause serious injury, fire,
electrical shock, or death.
4
I M P O RTA N T S A F E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N S
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
wWARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be
followed to minimize the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent
property damage, personal injury, or loss of life.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION
wWARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal injury when using
this appliance, follow basic precautions, including the following.
• Refer to INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS for detailed
grounding procedures. Installation instructions are
packed in the washer for installer’s reference. If the washer
is moved to a new location, have it checked and reinstalled
by a qualified service person. Failure to follow this warning
can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death.
•D
o not, under any circumstances cut or remove the
third (ground) prong from the power cord. Failure to
follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical
shock, or death.
• F or personal safety, this appliance must be properly
grounded. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious
injury, fire, electrical shock,
or death.
• T he power cord of this appliance is equipped with
a 3-prong (grounding) plug which mates with a
standard 3-prong (grounding) wall outlet to minimize the
possibility of electric shock hazard from this appliance.
• T his washer must be plugged into a 220-240V~, 50Hz
grounded outlet. Failure to follow this warning can cause
serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death.
• Have the wall outlet and circuit checked by a qualified
electrician to make sure the outlet is properly
grounded. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious
injury, fire, electrical shock,
or death.
•W
here a standard 2-prong wall outlet is encountered, it
is your personal responsibility and obligation to have it
replaced with a properly grounded 3-prong wall outlet.
Failure to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire,
electrical shock, or death.
•D
o not install on carpet. Install washer on a solid floor.
Failure to follow this warning can cause serious leak
damage.
• Do not remove ground prong. Do not use an adapter
or extension cord. Plug into a grounded 3-prong outlet.
Failure to follow these warnings can cause serious injury,
fire, electrical shock, or death.
• The washer should always be plugged into its own
individual electrical outlet which has a voltage rating
that matches the rating plate. This provides the best
performance and also prevents overloading house wiring
circuits which could cause a fire hazard from overheated
wires.
• Never unplug your washer by pulling on the power
cord. Always grip plug firmly and pull straight out from
the outlet. Failure to follow this warning can cause serious
injury, fire, electrical shock, or death.
• Repair or replace immediately all power cords that
have become frayed or otherwise damaged. Do not
use a cord that shows cracks or abrasion damage
along its length or at either end. Failure to follow this
warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock,
or death.
• When installing or moving the washer, be careful not
to pinch, crush, or damage the power cord. Failure to
follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical
shock, or death.
• The washer must be installed and electrically
grounded by a qualified service person in accordance
with local codes to prevent shock hazard and assure
stability during operation.
• The washer is heavy. Two or more people may be
needed to install and move the appliance. Failure to do
so can result in back or other injury.
• Store and install the washer where it will not be
exposed to temperatures below freezing or exposed
to outdoor weather conditions. Failure to follow this
warning can cause serious leak damage.
• Do not install the washer in humid spaces to reduce
the risk of electric shock. Failure to follow this warning
can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death.
• To reduce the risk of personal injury, adhere to all
industry recommended safety procedures including the
use of long sleeved gloves and safety glasses. Failure to
follow all of the safety warnings in this manual could result
in property damage, personal injury or death.
5
I M P O RTA N T S A F E T Y I N S T R U C T I O N S
READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE
wWARNING For your safety, the information in this manual must be
followed to minimize the risk of fire or explosion, electric shock, or to prevent
property damage, personal injury, or loss of life.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE, CARE AND CLEANING, AND DISPOSAL
wWARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal injury when using
this appliance, follow basic precautions, including the following.
•U
nplug the washer before cleaning to avoid
the risk of electric shock.
•N
ever use harsh chemicals, abrasive
cleaners, or solvents to clean the washer.
They will damage the finish.
•D
o not put oily or greasy rags or clothing on
top of the washer. These substances give off
vapors that could ignite the materials.
•D
o not wash items that are soiled with
vegetable or cooking oil. These items may
contain some oil after laundering. Due to the
remaining oil, the fabric may smoke or catch
fire by itself.
•D
isconnect this appliance from the
power supply before attempting any user
maintenance. Turning the controls to the
OFF position does not disconnect this
appliance from the power supply. Failure to
follow this warning can cause serious injury,
fire, electrical shock, or death.
•D
o not combine laundry products for use in
one load unless specified on the label.
•D
o not mix chlorine bleach with ammonia
or acids such as vinegar. Follow package
directions when using laundry products.
Incorrect usage can produce poisonous gas,
resulting in serious injury or death.
•D
o not reach into the washer while parts
are moving. Before loading, unloading or
adding items, press the START/PAUSE
button and allow the drum to coast to a
complete stop before reaching inside.
Failure to follow this warning can cause
serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death.
• Do not allow children to play on or in the
washer. Close supervision of children is
necessary when the washer is used near
children. As children grow, teach them the
proper, safe use of all appliances. Failure
to comply with these warnings could result in
serious personal injuries or death.
• Destroy the carton, plastic bag and other
packing materials after the washer is
unpacked. Children might use them for play.
Cartons covered with rugs, bedspreads,
or plastic sheets can become airtight
chambers. Failure to comply with these
warnings could result in serious personal
injuries or death.
• Keep laundry products out of reach of
children. To prevent personal injury, observe
all warnings on product labels. Failure to
comply with these warnings could result in
serious personal injuries.
• Remove the lid to the washing compartment
before your washer is removed from service
or discarded to avoid the danger of children or
small animals getting trapped inside. Failure
to do so can result in serious personal injury
or death.
•K
eep hands and foreign objects clear of the
lid and latch area when closing the lid. Failure
to keep hands clear can result in personal
injury.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
6
PA RT S A N D F E AT U R E S
SPECIAL FEATURES
A SMARTRINSE™ WITH JET SPRAY
This washer is designed to save rinse water
by using the SMARTRINSE™ with jet spray in
NORMAL and ECO WASH cycles.
G
E
F
H
B WATER HEATER
The heater inside washer increases water
temperature and provides better cleaning for
ALLERGY CARE and STAIN CARE cycle.
A
D
C INVERTER DIRECT DRIVE
Inverter Direct Drive eliminates the belt and
pulleys found on most washers to provide
improved performance and reliability while
increasing energy efficiency.
D LID LOCK SWITCH
The washer lid is locked during operation. The
lid can be unlocked by pressing the Start/Pause
button to stop the washer.
C
B
E SLAMPROOF™ LID
The SLAMPROOF™ lid is a safety device that
closes the lid slowly. The SLAMPROOF™ lid
keeps the heavy lid from falling and injuring the
user.
F WAVEFORCE™
Rapidly rotating drum uses centrifugal force and
an angled spray to pull water through the fabric,
resulting in less friction for a gentler and more
thorough cleaning.
G SMARTDIAGNOSIS™
Should you experience any technical difficulty
with your washing machine, it has the capability
of transmitting data by phone to the Customer
Information Center. The call center agent records
the data transmitted from your machine and
uses it to analyze the issue, providing a fast and
effective diagnosis (refer to page 33).
H AUTO RESTART
Auto Restart allows the program to restart all by
itself in case of power failure.
It starts again from the stage where it stopped.
7
PA RT S A N D F E AT U R E S
KEY PARTS AND COMPONENTS
In addition to the special features and components
outlined in the Special Features section, there
are several other important components that are
referenced in this manual.
B
C
G
E
A ULTRA-CAPACITY STAINLESS STEEL DRUM
The ultra-large stainless steel drum offers extreme
durability.
A
F
B TEMPERED GLASS LID
The tempered glass lid is durable and makes it
easy to see the inside of washer.
D
C ROTARY KNOB
Turn this knob to select the desired cycle. Once
the desired cycle has been selected, the standard
presets will be shown in the display. These
settings can be adjusted using the cycle setting
buttons anytime before starting the cycle.
D ADJUSTABLE LEVELING FEET
Use to level the washing machine for correct
balance & spin operation.
D
Hot Water
Inlet valve
Cold Water
Inlet valve
Power Cord
Drain
Hose
E REAR CONTROL PANEL WITH LED DISPLAY
The easy-to-read LED display show cycle options,
settings, processing, estimated time remaining
during operation.
F DETERGENT DISPENSER DRAWER
There are two compartments, one each for main
wash (liquid or powder) and liquid fabric softener.
G LIQUID BLEACH DISPENSER
The bleach dispenser automatically dilutes and
dispenses liquid bleach at the proper time in the
wash cycle.
Included Accessories
•W
ater supply hoses
(1 Each for COLD and HOT water)
or
• Tie Strap (for securing drain hose)
8
I N S TA L L AT I O N I N S T R U C T I O N S
CHOOSE THE PROPER LOCATION
wWARNING
•T
he washer is heavy! Two or more people
are required when moving and unpacking
the washer. Failure to do so can result in back or
other injury.
•Store and install the washer where it will not
be exposed to temperatures below freezing or
exposed to outdoor weather conditions. Failure
to follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire,
electrical shock, or death.
• Properly ground washer to conform with all
governing codes and ordinances. Failure to
follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire,
electrical shock, or death.
• To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not
install the washer in humid spaces. Failure to
follow this warning can cause serious injury, fire,
electrical shock, or death.
• The base opening must not be obstructed by
carpeting when the washer is installed on a
carpeted floor.
• Keep the area underneath and around your
appliances free of combustible materials such as
lint, paper, rags, chemicals, etc.
• Do not remove ground prong. Do not use an
adapter or extension cord. Plug into a grounded
3-prong outlet. Failure to follow this warning can
cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death.
POWER OUTLET
• The power outlet must be within 1.5 m of either
side of the washer.
• The appliance and outlet must be positioned so
that the plug is easily accessible.
• Do not overload the outlet with more than one
appliance.
• The outlet must be grounded in accordance with
current wiring codes and regulations.
• Time-delay fuse or circuit breaker is recommended.
NOTE: It is the personal responsibility and
obligation of the product owner to have a
proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician.
FLOORING
• To minimize noise and vibration, the washer
MUST be installed on a solidly constructed floor.
• Allowable slope under the entire washer is 1˚
maximum.
• Carpeting and soft tile surfaces are not
recommended.
• Never install the washer on a platform or weakly
supported structure.
NOTE: The washer must be installed on firm
flooring to minimize vibration during the spin cycle.
Concrete flooring is best, but a wood floor is
sufficient, provided it is built to FHA standards. The
washer should not be installed on rugs or exposed
to weather.
CLEARANCES
115.3 cm
115.3 cm
2.5 cm
68.6 cm
2.5 cm
2.5 cm
2.5 cm clearance
68.6 cm
To ensure sufficient
for water lines
allow
minimum clearances of at least 1 inches (2.5 cm) at
the sides and 4 inches (10 cm) behind the unit. Be
sure to allow for wall, lid, or floor moldings that may
increase the required clearances.
141.7 cm
(with lid
141.7 cm
open)
(with lid
open)
72.1 cm
72.1 cm
10 cm
10 cm
Minimum vertical space from floor to overhead
shelves, cabinets, ceilings, etc., is 142cm.
9
I N S TA L L AT I O N I N S T R U C T I O N S
UNPACK THE WASHER
1 A
fter the washer is in the home, remove the
carton and Styrofoam® shipping base from
the washer.
2 R
emove the packing block containing the
owner's manual, parts, water hoses, and
laundry product samples.
3 Unfasten
the power cord from the back of the
washer.
When removing the washer from the carton
base, be sure to remove the tub support in the
middle of the carton base.
If you must lay the washer down to remove the
base packaging materials, always protect the
side of the washer and lay it carefully on its side.
Do NOT lay the washer on its front or back.
TOOLS YOU WILL NEED
• Adjustable Pliers
• Carpenter’s Level
Tub support
10
Carton Base
I N S TA L L AT I O N I N S T R U C T I O N S
CONNECTING THE WATER LINES
• IMPORTANT: Use new hoses when installing
the washer. Do NOT reuse old hoses.
• IMPORTANT: Use ONLY the inlet hoses
provided by LG with this laundry product.
Aftermarket hoses are not guaranteed to fit or
function correctly. Other hoses may not tighten
correctly and could cause leaks. Subsequent
damage to product or property will not be
covered under the terms of LG's warranty.
• Water supply pressure must be between
50~800 kPa If the water supply pressure is more
than 800 kPa a pressure reducing valve must be
installed.
• Periodically check the hose for cracks, leaks,
and wear, and replace the hose every 5 years.
• Make sure that the water lines are not stretched,
pinched, crushed, or kinked.
• The washer should never be installed or stored
in a location subject to freezing temperatures.
Damage to the water lines and internal
mechanisms of the washer can result. If the
washer was exposed to freezing temperatures
prior to installation, allow it to stand at room
temperature for several hours before use.
1 Inspect the threaded fitting on each hose and
make sure there is a rubber seal in place in
both ends.
Hose
connector
Rubber
Seal
water hose to hose utilities.
2 Connect
Connect the water hoses to the HOT and
COLD water valves of your home. Hand
tighten, plus make an additional 1/4 turn with
pliers.
NOTE: A water heater set to deliver 120°F (49°C)
water to the washer.
NOTE: To avoid build up that can clog the inlet
valve screen, thoroughly flush both faucet and
hose to remove any particles or other impurities
by running water through them into a container.
3 Attach water hose to washer.
Thread the hot water hose onto the washer
hot water connection (red) and the cold water
hose onto the cold water connection (blue).
Hand tighten; then make an additional 1/8 turn
with pliers.
Hot
Cold
NOTE: Do not cross-thread the hose fittings. Attach
the hot water line to the red hot water inlet on the back
of the washer. Attach the cold water line to the blue
cold water inlet on the back of the washer. Tighten the
fittings securely.
NOTE: Tighten the fittings securely. Open the
water taps fully to check for leaks.
CONNECTING THE DRAIN LINE
• The drain hose should always be properly
secured. Failure to properly secure the drain hose
can result in flooding and property damage.
• Do not install the end of the drain hose higher than
243.8 cm above the bottom of the washer.
• The drain must be installed in accordance with any
applicable local codes and regulations.
• Make sure that the water lines are not stretched,
pinched, crushed, or kinked.
Drain Hose
Standpipe
Water Tap
Rubber Packing
99 cm
Water Supply Hose
11
I N S TA L L AT I O N I N S T R U C T I O N S
CONNECTING THE DRAIN LINE
(cont.)
Firmly insert the free end of the drain hose
into the drain opening of your home. Make sure
the soft rubber end is completely inside the drain
opening.
• If the water valves and drain are built into the
wall, fasten the drain hose to one of the water
hoses with the cable tie (ribbed side on inside).
• If your drain is a standpipe, fasten the drain hose
to the standpipe with the cable tie provided.
NOTE:
• Total height of the hose end should be approximately 0.9 ~ 1.2 m from the floor.
• The drain hose should be inserted no more than
20-30 centimeters into the standpipe.
99 cm
99 cm
Cable Tie
Cable Tie
LEVELING THE WASHER
The washer spins at very high speeds.
NOTE: Adjust the leveling feet only as far as
necessary to level the washer. Extending the
leveling feet more than necessary can cause
the washer to vibrate.
• All four leveling feet must rest solidly on the
floor. Rock the washer gently from corner to
corner to make sure that the washer does
not rock.
NOTE: Before installing the washer, make sure
the floor is clean, dry and free of dust, dirt, water
and oils so the washer feet can not slide easily.
Leveling feet that can move or side on the floor
can contribute to excess vibration and noise due to
poor contact with the floor.
osition the washer in the final location,
1 P
taking special care to not pinch, strain, or crush
the water and drain lines. Place a level across
the top of the washer.
12
Raise
Lower
the leveling feet. Turn clockwise to
2 Adjust
raise the washer or counterclockwise to lower
it.
3 T
o make sure that the washer is properly
level, open the lid and look from above to see
if it is same as shown above. If you have a
level, check your washer with the level.
• To check if the washer is level side to side,
close the lid and place a level at the back of
the lid.
• To check if the washer is level front to back,
place a level at the side of the washer on
the edge where the cabinet side meets the
top cover.
side to side
front to back
Lower
Raise
If the washer is not level, adjust the leveling feet.
Turn clockwise to raise, counterclockwise to
lower.
CONNECT TO THE POWER SUPPLY
The washer should be plugged into a 220-240V~,
50Hz grounded 3-prong outlet. Plug in the washer.
H O W TO U S E
CONTROL PANEL FEATURES
A
C
B
A POWER ON/OFF BUTTON
Press to turn the washer ON. Press again to
turn the washer OFF.
B CYCLE SELECTOR KNOB
Turn this knob to select the desired cycle.
Once the desired cycle has been selected, the
standard presets will be shown in the display.
These settings can be adjusted using the cycle
setting buttons before starting the cycle.
C START/PAUSE BUTTON
Press this button to START the selected cycle.
If the washer is running, use this button to PAUSE
the cycle without losing the current settings.
NOTE: If you do not press the START/PAUSE
button within 4 minutes of selecting a cycle, the
washer automatically turns off.
E
F
D
D CYCLE MODIFIER BUTTONS
Use these buttons to select the desired cycle
options for the selected cycle. Press the button
for that setting until the indicator light for the
desired value is lit.
E OPTION BUTTONS
The option buttons allow you to select
additional cycle options and will light when
selected. Certain buttons also allow you to
activate special functions by pressing and
holding the button for 3 seconds.
For detailed information about the individual
options, please see the following pages.
F LED DISPLAY
The display shows the settings, estimated
time remaining, options, and status messages
for your washer. The display will remain on
through the cycle.
13
H O W TO U S E
OPERATING THE WASHER
wWARNING: To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, or personal injury when using
this appliance, follow basic precautions, including the following.
Once you have loaded the washer and added laundry products (detergent, bleach, and/or fabric softener):
1 SORT LAUNDRY AND LOAD WASHER.
Refer to page 16.
2 ADD DETERGENT.
Refer to pages 17-18.
3 TURN ON THE WASHER.
Press the POWER button to turn on the washer.
The lights around the cycle selector knob will
illuminate.
4 SELECT CYCLE.
Turn the cycle selector knob to the desired cycle.
The display will show the preset WASH, RINSE,
SPIN, WATER for that cycle.
5 SELECT CYCLE MODIFIER BUTTONS.
If you would like to change the modifier for that
cycle, press the appropriate cycle settings button(s)
until the indicator light for the desired setting is lit.
NOTE: To protect your garments, not every WASH,
RINSE, SPIN, WATER, or OPTION is available with
every cycle.
6 SELECT OPTION BUTTONS.
Select any additional cycle options, such as
STEAM or DELAY.
NOTE: To protect your garments, not every WASH,
RINSE, SPIN, WATER, or OPTION is available with
every cycle.
7 BEGIN CYCLE.
Press the START/PAUSE button to begin the cycle.
The lid will latch, the display will change, and the
washer will calculate the estimated time remaining.
Once the washer has calculated the estimated total
cycle time, the washer will start. To pause the cycle
at any time, press PAUSE.
To resume the cycle press START/PAUSE again.
NOTE: When the wash cycle is finished, the beeper (if set) will sound and the lid will unlock.
To prevent wrinkling, remove items from the washer immediately after the end of the cycle.
14
H O W TO U S E
CYCLE GUIDE
= Available Option
The cycle guide below shows the options and recommended fabric types for each cycle.
Cycle
Fabric Type
Wash Rinse
Spin
Water Level Steam
= Default Setting
Time
Strong Hot Cold
Soak
Turbo Wash™
Delay
Wave Wash Wash
5
*AIR DRY
5
4
ULTRA
4
NORMAL
3
HIGH
3
2
MID
2
1
LOW
1
2
MID
2
5
ULTRA
1
Cotton, linen, towels,
STAIN CARE shirts, sheets, jeans,
4
HIGH
etc
3
LOW
1
14
2
MID
2
10
5
ULTRA
1
Cotton, linen, towels,
ALLERGY
shirts, sheets, jeans,
19
4
HIGH
CARE
etc
3
LOW
1
23
5
ULTRA
5
19
4
HIGH
4
Heavily, linen, towels,
SMART RINSE underwear, work,
14
3
MID
3
clothes, diapers, etc
10
2
LOW
2
3
1
1
23
5
ULTRA
5
19
4
HIGH
4
ECO WASH
Normally soiled load
14
3
MID
3
10
2
LOW
2
3
1
1
3
1
LOW
1
23
5
MID
2
soiled and
QUICK WASH Lightly
19
4
colored clothing
14
3
10
2
23
5
ULTRA
5
19
4
HIGH
4
Cotton, linen
Pre Wash+
14
3
MID
3
shirts,
jeans,
Normal
mixed loads
10
2
LOW
2
3
1
1
10
2
LOW
3
Item labeled machine
23
5
5
washable wool
DELICATE
Dress shirts/blouses
19
4
4
nylons, sheer or lacy
14
3
2
garments
3
1
23
5
ULTRA
5
19
4
HIGH
4
Large items such as
14
3
MID
3
blankets and comfort
10
2
LOW
DUVET
3
1
*Use the DUVET cycle for items such as pillows, comforters and other articles which have difficulty absorting water. ONLY
WASH SMALL LOADS to make sure there is plenty of room for the load to move during washing. Keep like items together; do not mix
large duvet items with smaller clothing items. Failure to follow these instructions may result in damage to the clothing or to the washer.
23
5
LOW
5
19
4
4
Cotton, linen, towels,
SILENT
shirts, sheets, jeans,
14
3
3
mixed loads
10
2
2
3
1
1
1
TUB CLEAN
Cotton, linen, towels,
shirts, sheets, jeans,
mixed loads
23
19
14
10
3
19
23
14
10
• Set program at "Wash : Normal + 10min", "Water Level : 5", "Rinse : 1 " and "Spin Speed : MID" (Cycle load : 18kg,
IEC60456) for test in accordance with UAE.S IEC60456)
15
H O W TO U S E
SORTING WASH LOADS
wCAUTION:
•D
o not load items over the tub.
Failure to follow this caution can result in leakage or fabrics damage.
• Use the DUVET cycle for buoyant or nonabsorbent items such as pillow or comforter.
Failure to follow this caution can result in leakage.
wCAUTION
Do not wash or spin any item labeled or known to be Water-proof or
water-resistant, even if the product care Label on the item permits machine washing.
Failure to follow these instructions could result in severe damage to your laundry, your washer and/or
property damage as a result of abnormal vibration of the washer.
- Examples of water-proof or water-resistant items include certain mattress pads, mattress covers, Rain
gear, camping gear, skiing apparel, outdoor gear and similar items.
Fabric Care Labels
Most articles of clothing feature fabric care labels
that include instructions for proper care.
Loading the Washer
Fabric Care Labels
Grouping Similar Items
For best results, sort clothes into loads that can
be washed with the same wash cycle.
Different fabrics have different care requirements.
Always wash dark colors separately from light
colors and whites to prevent discoloration. If
possible, do not wash heavily soiled items with
lightly soiled ones. The chart below shows
recommended groupings.
Sort Laundry...
by Colors
by Soil
by Fabric
by Lint
Lights
Normal
Easy Care
Lint Collector
Whites
Heavy
Delicates
DarksLight Sturdy
16
Lint Producer
Bulky items should be placed as far down in the
wash basket as possible for optimal results.
Always place buoyant items at the bottom of the
wash basket.
The washer will automatically detect the load size.
Because of the high-efficiency wash system, the
water level may not completely cover the load.
• Check all pockets to make sure that they
are empty. Items such as clips, matches,
pens, coins, and keys can damage both your
washer and your clothes.
• Close zippers, hooks, and drawstrings to
prevent these items from snagging or tangling
on other clothes.
• Pretreat heavily stained areas for best results.
• Large items should not be more than half of the
total wash load.
• Do not wash fabrics containing flammable
materials (waxes, cleaning fluids, etc.)
• The washer will not fill or operate with the lid
open.
* IMPORTANT: Use the DUVET cycle for large
or bulky items such as poly-filled jackets,
comforters, pillows, etc. These items may not be
as absorbent as other laundry items and should
be sorted into a separate wash load for optimal
results.
H O W TO U S E
ABOUT THE DISPENSER
The automatic dispenser consists of two
compartments which hold:
• Liquid fabric softener.
• Powder detergent.
All laundry products can be added at once
in their respective dispenser compartments.
They will be dispensed at the appropriate
time for the most effective cleaning.
After adding the laundry products to the
dispenser, close the dispenser drawer.
To add detergent, and fabric softener to the
automatic dispenser:
Removing the dispenser drawer
1 Pull the dispenser
drawer.
2 Tilt the dispenser
drawer upward
and remove it.
1 Open the dispenser drawer.
2 Load the laundry products into the
appropriate compartments.
3 Close the drawer slowly and smoothly
to avoid spilling, splashing or premature
dispensing of the contents.
NOTE: It is normal for a small amount
of water to remain in the dispenser
compartments at the end of the cycle.
NOTE: Do not use bleach in the dispenser
drawer.
Main Wash
Powder Detergent
Compartment
Liquid Fabric
Softener
Compartment
Replacing the dispenser drawer
1 Place rail ② (dispenser
drawer rail) on top of
rail ①.
①
②
2 Push the dispenser
drawer firmly.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch your finger.
17
H O W TO U S E
LOADING THE DISPENSER
Using the Liquid Bleach Dispenser
The bleach dispenser
automatically dilutes and
dispenses liquid chlorine
bleach at the proper time
in the wash cycle.
1 C
heck clothing care labels for special
instructions.
2 Measure liquid bleach carefully, following
instructions on the bottle.
• Never pour undiluted liquid chlorine bleach
directly onto clothes or into the wash basket.
• Do not pour powdered bleach into bleach
dispenser. Do not place load items on top
of the bleach dispenser when loading and
unloading the washer.
• Avoid overfilling or splashing when adding
bleach to the dispenser. The maximum capacity
of the bleach dispenser is one cup of bleach
per wash cycle. Overfilling could result in
premature dispensing of bleach.
3 Before starting the washer, pour a premeasured amount of bleach directly into bleach
dispenser. If you prefer to use powdered
bleach, add it into the wash basket directly
before adding clothes.
NOTE: Please flush the bleach dispenser with water
after bleach use and then rinse out the residue by
use of Rinse & Spin cycle.
wWARNING: Do NOT mix chlorine
18
bleach with ammonia or acids, such as vinegar or
rust / scale remover.
Mixing chemicals like these can produce gas which
may cause death.
Put the manufacturer’s recommended amount of
undiluted liquid chlorine bleach into the bleach
dispenser. During the final portion of the wash cycle,
two sequential flushes of the dispenser put all the
bleach into the wash load and completely flush
the dispenser to eliminate the carryover of bleach
to a subsequent load. Any liquid remaining in the
bleach dispenser at the end of the cycle is water,
not bleach.
To prevent unintentional self-siphoning of the bleach,
never fill the dispenser higher than the maximum fill
level marked on the dispenser.
When adding bleach to the dispenser, be careful
to avoid spilling it into the laundry load or leaving
droplets of bleach around the dispenser. These
things will damage your laundry items.
Main Wash Detergent Compartment
This compartment holds laundry detergent
for the main wash cycle, which is added to
the load at the beginning of the cycle.
Never exceed the detergent manufacturer’s
recommendations when adding detergent.
Using too much detergent can result in
detergent buildup in clothing and the washer.
Fabric
Softener
Main Wash
Detergent
Fabric Softener Compartment
This compartment holds liquid fabric softener,
which will be automatically dispensed during the
final rinse cycle.
• Always follow the detergent manufacturer’s
recommendations when adding fabric softener.
Do not exceed the maximum fill line. Using
too much fabric softener may result in stained
clothes.
• Dilute concentrated fabric softeners with warm
water. Do not exceed the maximum fill line.
• Never pour fabric softener directly onto the load
or into the drum.
H O W TO U S E
THE LED DISPLAY
The LED display shows the settings, estimated time remaining, options, and status messages
for your washer. When the washer is turned on, the display will illuminate.
C
D
A
A CYCLE STATUS INDICATOR
This portion of the display shows which stage
of the wash cycle is currently underway SOAK,
WASH, RINSE, or SPIN.
B ESTIMATED TIME REMAINING
When the START/PAUSE button is pressed, the
washer automatically detects the wash load
(weight) and optimizes the washing time based
on the selected cycle and options. The display
will then indicate the estimated time remaining
for the selected wash cycle.
B
C LID LOCK INDICATOR
Indicates that the lid is locked. The washer lid
will lock while the washer is operating. The lid
can be unlocked by pressing the START/PAUSE
button to stop the washer.
D WI-FI CONNECT INDICATOR
When this indicator blinks, it shows that the
washer is ready to connect to the smart phone.
Once connected to the smart phone, the WI-FI
indicator is lit.
19
H O W TO U S E
CYCLE MODIFIER BUTTONS
Each cycle has preset settings that are selected
automatically. You may also customize the settings
using the cycle setting buttons.
Press the button for that setting until the indicator
light for the desired value is lit.
The washer automatically adjusts the water level for
the type and size of wash load for best results and
maximum efficiency. It may seem there is no water
inside the tub in some cycles, but this is normal.
NOTE: To protect your garments, not every wash/
rinse temperature, spin speed, soil level, or option is
available with every cycle. A beeper will sound and
the LED will not light if a selection is not allowed.
See the Cycle Guide on page 15 for details.
WASH
djust to select the proper time for the
A
wash cycle.
• Adjust to select the proper time for
the wash cycle.
• The bleach dispenser does not
dispense during the wash cycle
when select 3 MIN.
RINSE
Adjust to select the proper times for
the rinse cycle.
• If adjustments are needed during
the rinse, press the [start/pause]
button before making any changes.
20
SPIN
he washer spins at very high
T
speeds. This reduces drying time and
saves energy. Press the SPIN button
until the indicator light for the desired
setting is lit.
WATER LEVEL
• T
his machine detects the quantity
of laundry automatically, then sets
the WATER LEVEL and proper
amount of Detergent.
• When you select a wash program,
the WATER LEVEL and amount of
Detergent (to be used) will be
shown on the control panel.
• The following table shows the
amount of water.
• When the WATER LEVEL is automatically
detected, it may differ depending
on the quantity of laundry even though the same
WATER LEVEL is indicated on the control panel.
H O W TO U S E
CYCLE OPTION BUTTONS
Your washing machine features several additional
cycle options to customize cycles to meet your
individual needs. Certain option buttons also
feature a special function that can be activated by
pressing.
NOTE: : To protect your garments, not every wash,
rinse, spin, water, or option is available with every
cycle. See the Cycle Guide for details.
STRONG WAVE
STEAM
HOT & COLD WASH
Adding the Steam option to
a wash cycle helps provide
superior cleaning performance.
By using hot steam, the fabrics
will get the cleaning benefits of a very hot
wash.
WARNING
yy Do not touch the lid during steam cycles.
The lid surface can become very hot. Allow the lid lock to release before opening
the door.
yy Do not attempt to override the lid lock
mechanism or reach into the washer during a steam cycle. Steam can cause severe
burns.
•D
uring washing, when you want to
adjust the water power, use these
buttons.
• Initially, since normal
water power, it will not be displayed.
•
•
•
•
•W
hen you select HOT & COLD,
Use these buttons.
• Basically, COLD is selected.
• If you wish to add HOT, you press
the HOT button. At the same time,
HOT & COLD LED light.
J
ust to select HOT, COLD is off by pressing
COLD button.
While operating, you can change it.
In the DELICATES course, Just COLD will be
selected.
(If HOT is used, Laundry may be damaged.)
In the STAIN CARE, ALLERGY CARE & SMART
RINSE course, HOT & COLD will be selected at
the same time.
NOTE:
yy The steam option cannot be used with all
cycles.
yy Steam may not be clearly visible during the
steam cycles. This is normal. Too much steam
could damage clothing.
yy Do not use steam with delicate fabrics such
as wool, silk, or easily discolored fabrics.
TIME DELAY
SOAK
TURBO WASH™
Allows the consumer to remove
stains more thoroughly by
specifying additional time for the
clothing to soak during washing.
At the end of SOAK, the wash cycle will be
started without drain.
• It is possible to select soaking time 15, 30,
45, 60, 120, 180 minutes by pressing the
SOAK button repeatedly.
• It is normal that washer do weak agitation
during SOAK cycle.
NOTE:
yy The Turbo Wash™ option cannot be used with all
cycles.
Once you have selected the cycle
and other settings, press this button
to delay the start of the wash cycle.
Each press of the button increase the
delay time, up to 3-18 hours.
Adding the Turbo Wash™ option
reduces the cycle time while still
providing similar wash performance to
the same cycle without Turbo Wash.
21
H O W TO U S E
CYCLE OPTION BUTTONS (cont.)
AIR DRY
• Press & hold 3 seconds SPIN button
for AIR DRY function.
• When you want to reduce dry time
of laundry, Use it.
• Once AIR DRY is selected, the other button’s
function is not selected.
• When you want to AIR DRY turn off, please
press POWER button.
NOTE: When you select Air dry for more than
60 minutes
1) Y
ou can reduce the drying time by
minimizing the moisture in the laundry.
2) A
lways keep the laundry amount to 2kg or
less and make sure to spread it out evenly.
3) S
elect 60 minutes for cotton laundry and
120 minutes for synthetic fiber laundry for
effective Moisture removal.
WI-FI (
)
• Press and hold the Time Delay
button for 3 seconds.
When Wi-Fi is turned on, the Wi-Fi
indicator(
) on the control
panel is lit.
NOTE:
• If you do not start your appliance, it will wait to
start a cycle until you turn off your appliance
from the application or disable the Remote Start
function.
• When Remote Start is turned on, the door is
automatically locked.
To disable Remote Start:
When the Remote Start is activated, press and
hold Remote Start button for 3 seconds.
CHILD LOCK
• Use to lock or unlock the control
buttons to prevent settings from being
changed by a child. To lock, push the
Strong Wave button and to unlock push
them one more time during the washing
process.
• During the wash program, all the buttons are locked
until washing is completed or the child-lock function
is deactivated manually.
• The child lock function cannot be activated in
standby mode. The child lock function can ONLY be
activated once a wash program has started.
REMOTE START
Use a smart phone to control
your appliance remotely. You can
also monitor your cycle operation
so you know how much time is
left in the cycle.
NOTE: You must first connect to a gateway
and register your appliance in order to use
the Remote Start function. (Refer to 'Smart
Functions'.)
To use Remote Start:
1 Press the Power button.
2 Put the laundry in the drum.
3 Press and hold Remote Start button for 3
seconds to enable Remote Start function.
tart a cycle from the LG Smart ThinQ
4 S
application on your smart phone.
22
<CHILD LOCK LED turn off> <CHILD LOCK LED turn on>
S M A RT F U N C T I O N S
Application Installation
Search for the LG Smart ThinQ application
from the Google Play Store on a smart phone.
Follow instructions to download and install the
application.
Communicate with the appliance from a smart
phone using the convenient smart features.
Using the Application
1 Select the appliance in the application.
Product Registration
1 Run the LG Smart ThinQ application on a smart
phone.
2 Select the menu on the upper right side to access
settings and features.
Washer Cycle
2 Create an account and sign in.
3 Select Register.
Set or download any perferred cycle and operate by
remote control.
Tub Clean Coach
4 Select Top Load Washer.
5 Follow the instructions on the smart phone to
register the appliance and connect it to a Wi-Fi
network.
• To verify the Wi-Fi connection, check the
Wi-Fi indicator (
Using the Wi-Fi Function
) on the control panel
is lit.
NOTE:
• LG Smart ThinQ is not responsible for any
network connection problems or any faults,
malfunctions, or errors caused by network
connection.
• The machine supports 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi
networks only.
• If the appliance is having trouble connecting
to the Wi-Fi network, it may be too far
from the router. Purchase a Wi-Fi repeater
(range extender) to improve the Wi-Fi signal
strength.
• The Wi-Fi connection may not connect or
may be interrupted because of the home
network environment.
• The network connection may not work
properly depending on the internet service
provider.
• The surrounding wireless environment can
make the wireless network service run slowly.
• This information is current at the time of
publication.
• The application is subject to change for
appliance improvement purposes without
notice to users.
Check the appropriate Tub Clean period based on
the washing frequency.
Energy Monitoring
Check the energy consumption of the recently used
cycles and monthly average.
Smart Diagnosis
This function provides useful information for
diagnosing and solving issues with the appliance
based on the pattern of use.
Settings
Various functions are available.
Push Alert
Turn on the Push Alerts to receive appliance status
notifications. The notifications are triggered even if
the LG Smart ThinQ application is off.
Open Source Software
Notice Information
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL,
and other open source licenses, that is contained in
this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com.
In addition to the source code, all referred license
terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices
are available for download.
LG Electronics will also provide open source code
to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost
of performing such distribution (such as the cost of
media, shipping, and handling) upon email request
to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for three
(3) years from the date on which you purchased the
product.
23
S M A RT F U N C T I O N S
Smart Diagnosis™ Through the
Customer Information Center
1 Press the Power button.
2 Open the Settings menu on upper side
and select More Settings.
3 Select Smart Diagnosis and then press the
Using the Smart Diagnosis™
Function
Should you experience any problems with the
appliance, it has the capability of transmitting
data to a smart phone using the LG Smart
ThinQ application or via the phone to the LG
Smart ThinQ call center.
Smart Diagnosis™ can not be activated unless
the appliance is turned on by pressing the
Power button. If the appliance is unable to turn
on, then troubleshooting must be done without
using Smart Diagnosis™.
Smart Diagnosis™ Using a Smart Phone
1 Open the LG Smart ThinQ application on the smart
phone.
elect the appliance and then the menu on
2 S
upper right side.
3 S
elect the Smart Diagnosis, then press Start
Smart Diagnosis button.
NOTE:
• If the diagnosis fails several times, use the
following instructions.
4 Select the Try Again or Audible Diagnosis.
5 Follow the instructions on the smart phone.
6 K
eep the phone in place until the tone
transmission has finished. View the diagnosis
on the phone.
24
Start/Pause button.
4 Place the phone close to the Power
button.
• Place the mouthpiece of the phone
to the appliance.
Max.
m
10 m
5 Keep the phone in place until the tone
transmission has finished.
• For best results, do not move the
phone while the tones are being
transmitted.
• If the call center agent is not able
to get an accurate recording of the
data, you may be asked to try again.
6 Once the countdown is over and the tones
have stopped, resume your conversation
with the call center agent, who will then
be able to assist you using the information
transmitted for analysis.
NOTE:
• The Smart Diagnosis™ function depends
on the local call quality.
• The communication performance will
improve and you can receive better
service if you use the home phone.
• If the Smart Diagnosis™ data transfer is
poor due to poor call quality, you may
not receive the best Smart Diagnosis™
service.
CARE AND CLEANING
REGULAR CLEANING
wWARNING:
•U
nplug the washer before cleaning to avoid the risk of electric shock. Failure to follow this
warning can cause serious injury, fire, electrical shock, or death.
• Never use harsh chemicals, abrasive cleaners, or solvents to clean the washer.
They will damage the finish.
Cleaning the Exterior
Read these instructions carefully before
beginning the TUB CLEAN cycle.
Proper care of your washer can extend its life.
1 O
pen the lid and remove any clothing in the
The outside of the machine can be cleaned
wash drum.
with warm water and a mild, nonabrasive
2 Open the dispenser drawer.
household detergent.
Immediately wipe off any spills with a soft,
3 Add liquid chlorine bleach or tub cleaner.
damp cloth.
S
ome powdered or tablet tub cleaners which
IMPORTANT: Do not use methylated spirits,
are manufactured for this purpose can be
solvents, or similar products.
used.
Never use steel wool or abrasive cleansers;
(NOTE: Do not add any laundry detergent or
they can damage the surface.
fabric softener to the drawer when using TUB
CLEAN.)
Care and Cleaning of the Interior
- If using tablet cleaner
Add tablet cleaner to the wash drum directly.
Use a towel or soft cloth to wipe around the
(NOTE: Do not add tablet cleaner to the
washer lid opening, and lid glass.
drawer.)
Always remove items from the washer as soon
4 Close the drawer and washer lid.
as the cycle is completed. Leaving damp
items in the washer can cause wrinkling, color
transfer, and odor.
5 Select TUB CLEAN and press START/PAUSE.
This washer has a special cycle, TUB CLEAN,
to remove inside buildup of detergent residue
NOTE : It is recommended that TUB CLEAN
which can occur in the wash tub or drum and
should be repeated monthly.
lead to mildew or musty smell.
If mildew or smell already exists, run TUB CLEAN
Run the TUB CLEAN cycle monthly to remove
for 3 consecutive weeks.
detergent buildup and other residue.
After TUB CLEAN is complete or when the washer
is not used, leave the washer lid open for better
ventilation and drying inside of the washer.
25
CARE AND CLEANING
REGULAR CLEANING (cont.)
MAINTENANCE
Storing the Washer
Cleaning the Water Inlet Filters
If the washer will not be used for an extended
period of time and is in an area that could be
exposed to freezing temperatures:
1 Turn off water supply tap.
If the washer detects that water is not entering
the dispenser, an error message will show on the
display. If you live in an area with hard water, this
may be caused by clogged inlet filters.
2
Disconnect hoses from water supply and
drain water from hoses.
3
Plug the power cord into a properly grounded
electrical outlet.
4
Add 3. 8 L of nontoxic recreational vehicle
(RV) antifreeze to the empty wash drum.
Close the lid.
5
Select the spin cycle and let washer spin
for 1 minute to drain out all the water.
NOTE: Not all of the RV antifreeze will be
expelled.
6
Unplug the power cord, dry the drum interior
with a soft cloth, and close the lid.
7
Remove the inserts from the dispenser. Drain
any water in compartments and dry the
compartments.
8
Store the washer in an upright position.
9
To remove the antifreeze from the washer
after storage, run washer through a complete
cycle using detergent. Do not add laundry!
Removing Lime Buildup
If you live in an area with hard water, lime scale
can form on internal components of the washer.
Use of a water softener is recommended in areas
with hard water. If a descaler is used, make sure
that it is suitable for use in a washer, and run the
TUB CLEAN cycle before washing clothing.
Lime scale and other spots may be removed
from the stainless steel drum using a stainless
steel cleaner. Do NOT use steel wool or abrasive
cleansers; they can damage the surface.
Leave the Lid Open
IMPORTANT: Use extreme care when removing and
cleaning the filters. If the filters cannot be cleaned
or are damaged, do NOT operate the washer
without the inlet filters. Contact LG Customer
Service or a qualified LG servicer.
Hot
Cold
Turn off both water taps completely. Unscrew
the hot and cold water lines from the back of the
washer.
IMPORTANT: Use ONLY the inlet hoses provided
by LG with this laundry product. Aftermarket hoses
are not guaranteed to fit or function correctly. Other
hoses may not tighten correctly and could cause
leaks. Subsequent damage to product or property
will not be covered under the terms of LG's
warranty.
Inlet Filter
Leave the lid open after finishing laundry to keep
the tub clean.
Carefully remove the filters from the water inlets,
and soak them in white vinegar or a lime scale
remover. Rinse thoroughly before reinstalling. Press
the filters back into place and reattach the water
lines. Do NOT operate the washer without the inlet
filters.
26
CARE AND CLEANING
CLEANING THE WASHER
Proper Use of Detergent
Using too much detergent is a common
cause of laundry problems. Today’s
detergents are formulated to be effective
without visible sudsing. Be sure to
carefully read and follow manufacturer’s
recommendations for how much
detergent to use in your wash.
You can use less detergent if you
have soft water, a smaller load, or a
lightly soiled load.
Care and Cleaning of the Washer
Lid: Wash with a damp cloth on the outside and inside and dry with a soft
cloth.
Exterior: Immediately wipe off any spills. Wipe with damp cloth. Do not
touch the surface or the display with sharp objects.
Moving and Storage: Ask the service technician to remove water from
drain
pump and hoses. Do not store the washer where it will be exposed to the
weather.
Long Vacations: Be sure water supply is shut off at faucets. Drain all
water from hoses if weather will be below freezing.
Dispenser Drawer: Detergent and fabric softener may build up in the
dispenser drawer. Residue should be removed once or twice a month.
1
Remove the drawer by pulling it straight out until it stops. Lift up on
the front of the drawer and pull it out.
2
Remove the insert; rinse the inserts and the drawer with warm
water to remove traces of accumulated laundry products.
3
To clean the drawer opening, use a small, non-metal brush to
clean the recess. Remove all residue from the upper and lower
parts of the recess.
4
Return the inserts to the proper compartments and replace the
drawer.
27
T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G
NORMAL SOUNDS YOU MAY HEAR
The following sounds may be heard while the
washer is operating. They are normal.
Clicking:
• Lid lock relay when the lid locks and unlocks.
•T
he washer will make a series of clicking noises
as it changes the cleaning mode.
High pitched noise:
The wash basket spins faster to remove moisture
from the load.
Spraying or hissing:
Water spraying or circulating during the cycle.
Humming or gurgling:
Drain pump pumping water from the washer at the
end of a cycle.
Water sloshing sound:
A liquid in the balance ring around the wash basket
helps the basket spin smoothly.
(Washer is turned off and tub is rotated.)
Sound of water being added after the washer has
already been operating:
•T
he washer adapts to the load size and type to add
more water to the cycle as needed.
•T
he wash load may be unbalanced. If the washer
senses that the load is unbalanced, it will stop and
refill to redistribute the load.
•T
he washer may be diluting laundry additives to add
to the wash load.
BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE
Your washing machine is equipped with an automatic error-monitoring system to detect and
diagnose problems at an early stage. If your washer does not function properly or does not function
at all, check the following before you call for service.
Problem
Possible Causes
Rattling and
clanking noise
•Foreign objects, such as
keys, coins, or safety pins,
may be in drum or pump.
Thumping sound
•Heavy wash loads may
produce a thumping sound.
•T
his is normal. If sound continues, the washer is
probably out of balance. Stop and redistribute the
wash load.
•Stop and redistribute the wash load.
•Washer load may be out
of balance.
Vibrating noise
•Wash load may be unevenly
distributed in the drum.
•Not all leveling feet are resting
firmly on the floor.
•Floor not rigid enough.
Water leaking
around washer
Excessive sudsing
28
Solutions
•Stop washer and check drum for foreign objects. If
noise continues after the washer is restarted, call for
service.
•Stop washer and rearrange the wash load.
•Adjust the leveling feet. Make sure all four feet are in
firm contact with the floor while the washer is in the
spin cycle with a load.
•Make sure that the floor is solid and does not flex.
Refer to Flooring in the Installation section.
•Fill hose connection is loose
at tap or washer.
•House drain pipes are
clogged.
•Large items such as pillow
and blanket over the tub.
•Check hoses. Check and tighten hose connections.
•Too much detergent or
incorrect detergent.
•Reduce detergent amount or use low-sudsing
detergent.
•Unclog drain pipe. Contact a plumber if necessary.
•Check the cycle. If you wash large items, use DUVET
cycle.
•Stop washer and check the load position. Lay bulky
items into the tub.
T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G
BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE (cont.)
Problem
Possible Causes
Solutions
Water in the washer
drains slowly or not
at all, or the display
•Drain hose is bent, pinched,
or clogged.
•Make sure the drain hose is free of clogs, kinks, etc.,
and is not pinched behind or under the washer.
Washer fills with
water slowly or not
at all, or the display
shows:
•Water supply taps are not
open fully.
•Water line hoses are kinked,
pinched, or bent.
•Water inlet filters are clogged.
•Make sure that the water taps are open fully.
shows:
•Water pressure to tap or
house is too low.
•Make sure the hoses are not kinked or pinched. Be
careful when moving the washer.
•Clean the inlet filters. See the Care and Cleaning
section.
•Check another faucet in the house to make sure that
household water pressure is adequate.
Washer will not
turn on
•Power cord is not properly
plugged in.
•House fuse is blown, circuit
breaker has tripped, or power
outage has occurred.
•M
ake sure that the plug is plugged securely into a
grounded, 3-prong, 220-240V~, 50Hz outlet.
•Reset circuit breaker or replace fuse. Do not increase
fuse capacity. If the problem is a circuit overload,
have it corrected by a qualified electrician.
The display shows:
•The lid is not closed properly.
•Make sure that the lid is closed properly and press
the START/PAUSE button. After starting a cycle, it
may take a few moments before the drum begins to
turn or spin. The washer will not spin unless the lid is
locked (LID LOCK will appear in the display).
•If the lid is closed and locked and the open lid error
message is displayed, call for service.
•If you press the START button while the lid is open,
dE error message will be displayed.
The display shows:
•Lid lock switch error
•Make sure that the lid is closed properly and press
the START/PAUSE button. The washer will not spin
unless the lid is locked (LID LOCK will appear in the
display).
•If the lid is closed and the lid lock error message is
displayed, call for service.
Wash cycle time is
longer than usual
•The washer automatically
adjusts the wash time for
the amount of laundry, water
pressure, water temperature,
and other operating
conditions.
•This is normal. The washer adjusts cycle time
automatically to provide optimal results for the
selected cycle.
•If you press the START button while the lid is open,
dE error message will be displayed.
The display shows:
•Water level is too high due to
a faulty water valve.
•Close the water taps, unplug the washer, and call for
service.
The display shows:
• Clutch error
•Unplug the washer, and call for service.
29
T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G
BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE (cont.)
Problem
The display shows:
Possible Causes
• If the uE rebalance (see
above) is not successful, this
error will be displayed.
• The load is too small.
• Heavy articles are mixed with
lighter items.
• The load is out of balance.
30
Solutions
•T
he automatic attempt to rebalance the load was not
successful. The cycle has been paused to allow the
load to be manually adjusted.
•S
mall loads may need additional items to be added
to allow the washer to balance the loads.
•T
he load may have heavy items loaded with lighter
items. Always try to wash articles of somewhat
similar weight to allow the washer to evenly distribute
the weight of the load for spinning.
•M
anually redistribute the load if articles have become
tangled preventing the automatic distribution from
working properly.
The display shows:
•Thermistor error
•Unplug the washer and call for service.
The display shows:
•The water level sensor is not
working correctly.
•Close the water taps, unplug the washer, and call
for service.
The display shows:
•Thermal overload protection
circuit in the motor has been
tripped.
•Allow the washer to stand for 30 minutes to allow the
motor to cool; then restart the cycle. If the LE error
code still appears, unplug the washer and call
for service.
Staining
• A
dd laundry products to the
washer drum.
•W
asher not unloaded
promptly.
•D
oes not properly sort the
clothes.
• Load the laundry products into the dispenser.
• Always remove items from the washer as soon as
the cycle is completed.
• Always
wash dark colors separately from light colors
and whites to prevent discoloration. If possible, do
not wash heavily soiled items with lightly soiled
ones.
Wrinkling
• Washer not unloaded
promptly.
• Washer overloaded.
• H
ot and cold water inlet
hoses are reversed.
• Always remove items from the washer as soon as
the cycle is completed.
•T
he washer can be fully loaded, but the drum should
not be tightly packed with items. The lid of the
washer should close easily.
•H
ot water rinse can set wrinkles in garments. Check
the inlet hose connections.
The display shows:
Foreign objects, such as coins,
pins, clips, etc., caught
between the wash plate and
the inner basket.
Turn off the washer and then press the Power button.
Press the spin speed button without selecting a cycle
to drain and spin the load. When the spin is complete,
remove the clothes and then find and remove any
objects caught in the wash plate. Always check
pockets, etc., before washing to prevent error codes
or damage to the washer or clothing.
T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G
BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE (cont.)
Problem
Possible Causes
Solutions
Washer won't
Control panel is asleep
• This is normal. Press POWER.
Washer is unplugged
• Make sure cord is plugged securely into a working outlet.
Water supply is turned off
• Turn both hot and cold faucets fully on.
Controls are not set
properly
• Make sure the cycle was set correctly, close the lid and
press START.
Lid is open-safety feature
Prevents the washer from
filling and operation when
lid is up
• Close lid and reset cycle, to the beginning if necessary.
Circuit breaker/fuse is
tripped/blown
• Check house circuit breakers/fuses. Replace fuses or reset
breaker. The washer should have a dedicated circuit.
Electronics need to be
reset
• Press the POWER button.
START was not pressed
after a cycle was set
• Press START.
Extremely low water
pressure
• Check another faucet in the house to make sure that
household water pressure is adequate.
Washer is too cold
• If the washer has been exposed to temperatures below
freezing for an extended period of time, allow it to warm
up before pressing POWER. Otherwise, the display will not
come on.
Filter clogged or fill hoses
may be kinked
• Make sure that filters (blue and orange screens must be
free of solids) on the unit are not clogged. Turn off water
and check filter by disconnecting hose at machine. Check
that fill hoses are not kinked or clogged.
Energy efficiency
• This is an energy-efficient washer. As a result the
temperature settings for this washer may be different than
non-energy-efficient washers.
Insufficient water supply
• Make sure that the water supply is turned on.
Make sure that the water faucets are turned to their
completely open positions.
The washer lid is open
• The washer lid must be closed for all washer cycle
operations. If the lid is opened during washer operation, all
functions will stop, including water filling.
Incorrect fill hose
connection
• Make sure that the fill hoses connect the hot water supply
to the hot inlet on the washer, and the cold water supply to
the cold inlet on the washer (hot to hot, cold to cold).
Water fill optimization
• Water may not cover the top level of the clothes. This
is normal for this high-efficiency washer. The water fill is
optimized by the system for best wash performance.
operate
Washer not filling
property
31
T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G
BEFORE CALLING FOR SERVICE (cont.)
Problem
Possible Causes
Solutions
Washer will not
drain water
Kinked drain hose or drain
located higher than 20.32cm
above floor
• Ensure that the drain hose is not kinked. Per the
recommended installation instructions, the drain outlet
cannot be over 20.32cm above the floor.
Water leaks every
load
Hoses not installed correctly
• Check all fill and drain hose connections to ensure that
they are tight and secure.
Water leaks
Oversudsing of detergent
• Oversudsing may create leaks, and may be caused
by the type and amount of detergent used. Make
sure that detergent and any additives are put into the
correct dispenser compartments. Follow the detergent
manufacture's recommendations for the amount of
detergent, but try using less detergent, especially if home
water conditioning or water softening units are used.
Incomplete or
no dispensing of
detergent
Detergent compartments
clogged from incorrect filling
• Make sure that detergent and additives are put in to the
correct dispenser compartments. For all detergent types,
always make sure that the dispenser drawer is fully closed
before the start of the cycle.
Too much detergent use
• Make sure that the suggested amount of detergent is used
per the manufacture's recommendations. You may also
dilute the detergent with water to the maximum fill line on
the compartment to avoid clogging.
Insufficient water supply
• Make sure that the water supply is turned on. Make sure
that the water faucets are turned to their completely open
positions.
Normal residue
• Normal operation. Residual may remain in the dispenser of
the compartments. The dispenser box may by removed for
occasional cleaning with warm water and a scrub brush.
Bleach dispenser filled for
Premature
dispensing of bleach future load
Overfilling the bleach
dispenser
Clogging of bleach
Bleach dispenser is not
seated
Insufficient cleaning
Poor stain removal
32
Presoak not selected
• You cannot store bleach in the dispenser for future use.
The bleach dispenser will be dispensed every load for
optimal safety of the washer.
• Overfilling the dispenser with bleach may lead to premature
dispensing. There is a maximum fill line indicated on the
bleach dispenser to help avoid overfilling.
• Make sure that the bleach cover is properly seated and
snapped into place before the start of the cycle.
• You may remove and clean the bleach cover with warm
water and a scrub brush to clear clogging.
• When stain inspector is used, presoak temperature and
time are automatically selected. If you choose not to use
the stain inspector, we recommend that you select presoak
when defining your wash cycle. Always make sure that any
additives are added to the pretreat dispenser bin before
starting the cycle. Always refer to your clothes care label
before treating stains.
T RO U B L E S H O OT I N G
SMARTDIAGNOSIS™
-O
nly use this feature when instructed to do so by the call center. The transmission sounds similar to a fax
machine, and so has no meaning except to the call center.
- SmartDiagnosis™ cannot be activated if the washer does not power up. If this happens, then
troubleshooting must be done without SmartDiagnosis™.
If you experience problems with your washer, call to Customer information center. Follow the call center
agent’s instructions, and do the following steps when requested:
1
2
Press the POWER button to turn on the washer. Do not press any other buttons or turn the cycle
selector knob.
When instructed to do so by the call center, place the mouthpiece of your phone very close to the
POWER button.
Press and hold the COLD WASH button for three seconds, while holding the phone mouthpiece to the
icon or POWER button.
4 Keep the phone in place until the tone transmission has finished. This takes about 6 seconds, and the
display will count down the time.
• For best results, do not move the phone while the tones are being transmitted.
• If the call center agent is not able to get an accurate recording of the data, you may be asked to try
again.
5 Once the countdown is over and the tones have stopped, resume your conversation with the call
center agent, who will then be able to assist you using the information transmitted for analysis at the
call center.
“SmartDiagnosis is a troubleshooting feature designed to assist, not replace, the traditional method of
troubleshooting through service calls. The effectiveness of this feature depends upon various factors,
including, but not limited to, the reception of the cellular phone being used for transmission, any external
noise that may be present during the transmission, and the acoustics of the room where the machine is
located. Accordingly, LG does not guarantee that SmartDiagnosis would accurately troubleshoot any given
issue.”
3
33
T E R M S O F WA R R A N T Y
What Is Not Covered:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Service trips to your home to teach you how to use the product.
If the product is connected to any voltage other than that shown on the rating plate.
If the fault is caused by accident, neglect, misuse or Act of God.
If the fault is caused by factors other than normal domestic use or use in accordance with the owner's
manual.
Provide instruction on use of product or change the set-up of the product.
If the fault is caused by pests for example, rats or cockroaches etc..
Noise or vibration that is considered normal for example water drain sound, spin sound, or warning
beeps.
Correcting the installation for example, levelling the product, adjustment of drain.
Normal maintenance which recommended by the owner's manual.
Removal of foreign objects / substances from the machine, including the pump and inlet hose filter for
example, grit, nails, bra wires, buttons etc.
Replace fuses in or correct house wiring or correct house plumbing.
Correction of unauthorized repairs.
Incidental or consequential damage to personal property caused by possible defects with this appliance.
If this product is used for commercial purpose, it is not warranted.
(Example : Public places such as public bathroom, lodging house, training center, dormitory)
If the product is installed outside the normal service area, any cost of transportation involved in the repair of
the product, or the replacement of a defective part, shall be borne by the owner.
34
S P E C I F I C AT I O N
H
D
W
Model
Power supply
Rated input
Weight
Size
Water tab pressure
T1872WFFS5
220-240V~, 50Hz
1600-1800 W
66 kg
686(W) x 721(D) x 1130(H)
50~800 kPa ( 0.5~8.0 kgf/cm²)
In our continuing effort to improve the quality of our appliances, it may be necessary to make changes to
the appliance without revising this manual.
For any Suggestion, Opinion & Complaints,
Within UAE please Call 800 54 (LG)
Out side UAE please contact to our local dealer or
log into http://www.lg.com
35
36
‫دﻟﯿﻞاﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻻت‬
‫ﯾﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮاءة ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫واﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﮧ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺟﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫‪T1872WFFS5‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪www.lg.com‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 1‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت‬
‫إرشادات سالمة ھامة‬
‫احتیاطات السالمة األساسیة‪٣...................................................‬‬
‫تعلیماتالتأریض ‪٤................................................................‬‬
‫احتیاطات السالمة األساسیة‪٥...................................................‬‬
‫تعلیمات السالمة لالستخدام‪ ،‬والعنایة والتنظیف‪ ،‬والتخلص منھا ‪٦...........‬‬
‫قطع الغیار والممیزات‬
‫مواصفات ممیزة‪٧...............................................................‬‬
‫مفتاح قطع غیار ومكونات ‪٨....................................................‬‬
‫تعلیمات التركیب‬
‫اختیار الموقع المناسب ‪٩........................................................‬‬
‫األرضیات‪٩......................................................................‬‬
‫األبعاد عن الجدران‪٩............................................................‬‬
‫فك الغسالة ‪١٠...................................................................‬‬
‫تركیب خطوط المیاه‪١١.........................................................‬‬
‫تركیب خط الصرف‪١٢~١١...................................................‬‬
‫تركیب خط الصرف (تابع( ‪١٢................................................‬‬
‫أستواء الغسالة ‪١٢...............................................................‬‬
‫األتصال ب التیار الكهربائي‪١٢................................................‬‬
‫كیفیة االستخدام‬
‫خصائص لوحة التحكم ‪١٣......................................................‬‬
‫تشغیل الغسالة‪١٤................................................................‬‬
‫تشغیل الغسالة‪١٥................................................................‬‬
‫فرز أحمال الغسیل‪١٦...........................................................‬‬
‫درج التوزیع ‪١٧.................................................................‬‬
‫تحمیل الموز ع ‪١٨..............................................................‬‬
‫شاشة العرض ‪١٩........................................................LED‬‬
‫تحمیل الموز ع ‪٢٠..............................................................‬‬
‫أزرار دورة الخیارات‪٢٢~٢١.................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﺮاﻟﻚ‬
‫وﺗﻬﺎﻧﯿﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮاﺋﻚ‬
‫وﻣﺮﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ إل ﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻢ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ LG‬اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺎ و ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﯿﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﺴﺎ ﻃﮧ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ وﻛﻔﺎءة ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺗﺒﺎع ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ واﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﺨﺎص‪٫‬‬
‫ﺳﻮف ﯾﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﻮات ﻋﺪﯾﺪة ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺛﻮق ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫الوظائف الذكیة‬
‫تنزیل التطبیق‪٢٣................................................................‬‬
‫استخدام وظیفة ‪٢٣..................................................... Wi-Fi‬‬
‫قم بفتح معلومات البرمجیات‪٢٣~٢٤.........................................‬‬
‫استخدام وظیفة ™‪٢٤............................... Smart Diagnosis‬‬
‫™‪ Smart Diagnosis‬من خالل مركز خدمة العمالء ‪٢٤..............‬‬
‫العنایة والتنظیف‬
‫أزرار دورة الخیارات‪٢٤~٢٥.................................................‬‬
‫التنظیف المنتظم (تابع( ‪٢٦.....................................................‬‬
‫تنظیففالتر مدخل المیاه‪٢٦......................................................‬‬
‫تنظیفالغسالة‪٢٧..................................................................‬‬
‫استكشاف المشكالت وإصالحها‬
‫العاديقدتسمعاألصوات ‪٢٨.......................................................‬‬
‫قبل استدعاء الخدمة ‪٢٨.........................................................‬‬
‫قبل استدعاء الخدمة(تابع( ‪٣٢~٢٩............................................‬‬
‫التشخیص الذك™‪٣٣...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺮوط اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺛﻐﻄﯿﻪ اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ ‪٣٤...................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪٣٥..............................................................‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 2‬‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮاءة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ أﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﯿﺤﺪ‬
‫إﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﯾﻖ أواﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷرواح‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ وﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﻨﺎ اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ھﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ‪ ،‬وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪ .‬داﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮاءة‬
‫واﻣﺘﺜﻞ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ھﺬا ھﻮ رﻣﺰ ﺗﻨﺒﯿﮧ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﯾﻨﺒﮭﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻷﺧﻄﺎر اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻘﺘﻞ أو ﯾﻀﺮ ﺑﻚو ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‪.‬‬
‫وﺟﻤﯿﻊ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ رﻣﺰﺗﻨﺒﯿﮧ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﯿﻦ إﻣﺎ ﺧﻄﺮ أو ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ھﺬه اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت‪:‬‬
‫‪w‬‬
‫‪ w‬اﻟﺨﻄﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﻨﺒﯿ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻃﻔﯿﻔﺔ أو ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮرا ﻋﻠﻰاﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻘﺘﻞ أﻧﺖ أو ﺗﺼﺎب ﺑﺠﺮوح ﺧﻄﯿﺮة إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻘﺘﻞ أﻧﺖأو ﺗﺼﺎب ﺑﺠﺮوح ﺧﻄﯿﺮة إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫وﺟﻤﯿﻊرﺳﺎﺋﻞاﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔﺗﻘﻮلﻟﻜﻢﻣﺎھﻲاﻷﺧﻄﺎر اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪،‬وﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞﻓﺮﺻﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬و ﻣﺎذا ﯾﺤﺪث إذا ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢاﺗﺒﺎع اﻹرﺷﺎدات‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫• ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬااﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻓﻘﻂﻟﻠﻐﺮض اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮد ﻛﻤﺎ ھﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ دﻟﯿﻞ ھﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ‬
‫وﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻲل‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ ﺑﻤﻮاد اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‪ ,‬أو ﻣﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أو ﻣﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻊ‪ ،‬أو أﺧﺘﻠﻄﺖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﯾﻦ ‪ ,‬و ﻣﻮ اد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﯾﺠﺐ اﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫ﻣﻮ اد ﻣﺘﻔﺠﺮ ة‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺸﺘﻌﻞ أو ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﯿﻒ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﯾﻦ وﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺠﺎف‪ ،‬أوﻏﯿﺮ ھﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل أو ﻣﺘﻔﺠﺮة ﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﻇﺮ وف ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻏﺎز اﻟﻬﯿﺪر و ﺟﯿﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ل ‪ 2‬أﺳﺎﺑﯿﻊ أو أﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﻏﺎز اﻟﻬﯿﺪروﺟﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﺘﻔﺠﺮة‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ أﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮة‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞاﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ و ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻔﻀﻞاﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻓﻖ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰاﻷﻗﻞ ﻟﻤﺪة دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ دورة ﻏﺴﯿﻞ وھﺬا ﻟﻸﻓﺮاج ﻋﻦ أي‬
‫أو ﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﻌﻠﺔ ﻏﺎز ﻓﻰھﺬه اﻟﻔﺘﺮة ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ .‬أﻏﻼق ﺑﺎب اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫أﻣﺮ ﺿﺮوري ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺮب اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ أو اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺴﻞق ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• إﺑﻘﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ وﺣﻮل اﻷﺟﺰة اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺮا ق)اﻟﻮﺑﺮ واﻟﻮرق واﻟﺨﺮق‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ(‪ ،‬واﻟﺒﻨﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻮاد‬
‫اﻟﻜﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﯿﺔ واﻷﺑﺨﺮة اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ة ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل واﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ أو ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻷﺣﻮال اﻟﻄﻘﺲ أو اﻧﺨﻔﺎض درﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮارة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺒﺚ ﻣﻊ أدوات اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫• ﻻ إﺻﻼح أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪال أي ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﺘﻄﻚ أو ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ أﺧﺮىﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻏﻲر ﻣﺆھﻞ ﺧﻼف اﻟﻤﺒﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ‪.‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺸﺪة أن ﯾﻜﻮن‬
‫أي ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺮد ﻣﺆ ھﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻻﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ )اﻷرﺿﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫• داﺋﻤﺎ اﺗﺒﺎع ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ اﻟﻤﻮردة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞاﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺰﯾﺖ اﻟﻄﮭﻲﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻷن اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﻣﻊ زﯾﻮت‬
‫اﻟﻄﺒﺦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺎھﻢ ﻓﻲاﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ اﻟﻜﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺬيﯾﻤﻜﻦ أنﯾﺘﺴﺒﺐﻓﻲ أﺷﺘﻌﺎل اﻟﻨﯿﺮان‪.‬‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻗﻤﺎش رﻗﯿﻘﺔأو أﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎء ﻋﻠﻰاﻟﻤﻠﻮﺛﺎت ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﮧ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺸﺮ ﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ ھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﺤﺮي أوﻟﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺸﺂت ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪،‬اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮات‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫• إﯾﻘﺎف ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه واﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺮك ﻟﻔﺘﺮة‬
‫ﻣﻤﺘﺪ ةﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﻄﻼت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻠﯿﻦ أو اﻟﻤﻮاد‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• أﺣﺬر أن ﺗﻜﻮ نﺧﻄﺮة ﻣﻮاداﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻐﻠﯿﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ھﻨﺎك ﺧﻄﺮ اﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎق! إﺑﻘﺎء ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦاﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ واﻟﺘﻐﻠﯿﻒ ﺑﻌﯿﺪةﻋﻦ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ داﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ و ﺟﻮد أﺷﯿﺎء ﺑﺪاﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫و أن ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮ نﻗﯿﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎول ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اذا وﺟﺪت أﺟﺰاء ﺗﺘﺤﺮكﻣﻨﻬﺎ أوأﻧﻜﺴﺮت‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﺪل ﻋﻠﻰأﻧ ﻻﯾﺠﻮز إدراج اﻟﯿﺪﯾﻦ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮاج اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺠﺎرﯾﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﻮض‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﺪل ﻋﻠﻰأﻧ ﻻ ﯾﺠﻮزﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن رﻃﺐ‬
‫• اﻟﺤﺬر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺋﺎ ﺧﻼل اﺳﺘﺨﺮ اج اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪ ،‬أﻧ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ‪ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﺔ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﺤﻮض ﺣﯿﺚ أﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 3‬‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮاءة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ أﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﯿﺤﺪ‬
‫إﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﯾﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷرواح‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎتاﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺮ ﺗﻜﺰ ھﺬه اﻷﺟﮭﺰة ﻋﻠﻰﺗﻮ ﺻﯿﻞ أرﺿﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ أو اﻧﻬﯿﺎر‪ ،‬ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺤﺪ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺎر أﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﻌﺪات اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ ‪ .‬ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫ﺗ ﻮﺻﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﻬﺎﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ و ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ رﻣﻮ‬
‫‪w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻻﺋﻖ ﻟﻤﻌﺪات اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆ ھﻞ إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻚ ﺣﻮل ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﯾﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‪ ,‬وﻻ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻜﻮ ﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﻣﻊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫إذاﻛﺎن ﻻ ﯾﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬و أﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆھﻞ‪ .‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬه اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪ ،‬وﺣﺮ اﺋﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 4‬‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮاءة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ أﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﯿﺤﺪ‬
‫إﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﯾﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷرواح‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﺠ ﻬﺎز‪ ،‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺮ ﺟﻮ ع إﻟﻰ إرﺷﺎداتﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ ھﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔﻟﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﺮ ﺟﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺪﯾﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺆ ھﻞ‪ .‬وذﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﻗﯿﻖ واﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪،‬‬
‫أواﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ أي ﻇﺮف ﻣﻦ اﻟﻈﺮوف ﺧﻔﺾ أو إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﯿﺎر‪ ,‬وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم أﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ‪ ،‬واﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻرض‪ .‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‬
‫واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﺰود ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ذى أداة اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻷرﺿﻰ )ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ذو‪ 3‬ﺷﻮﻛﺔ(‬
‫و ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻷرﺿﻰ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻠﮧ اﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺮج ﺗﯿﺎر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﺘﻔﺎدى ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 220-240‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 50 ،‬ھﯿﺮ ﺗﺰ‪,‬‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ‬
‫واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ واﻟﺪواﺋﺮ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺆ ھﻠﯿﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻرض‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ و‬
‫اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ أواﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ‪ 2‬ﺷﻮﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﮧ ھﻲ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺘﻜﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ واﻟﺘﺰام ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪماﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔأو اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد‪.‬ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أرﺿﯿﺔ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮر ﺧﻄﯿﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻘﻢﺑﺈزاﻟﺔﺷﻮﻛﺔاﻻرﺿﻰ‪.‬وﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪمﻣﺤﻮل أووﺻﻠﺔ ﺗﻤﺪﯾﺪﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ذو‪ 3‬ﺷﻮﻛﺔ ﻟﻸرﺿﻲ‪.‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬه اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات ﺗﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﯾﻖ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن داﺋﻤﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ةﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ اﻟﻔﺮدﯾﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﯾﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻨﯿﻒ اﻟﺠﮭﺪ ﯾﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﻮﯾﺖ‪ .‬ھﺬا‬
‫ﯾﻮﻓﺮ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻷداء وأﯾﻀﺎ ﯾﻤﻨﻊ إﺛﻘﺎل اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻄﺮاﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺎر ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﻮما‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ ﺳﺤﺐ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦاﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎء ﺑﺤﺰم و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻷن ﻋﺪم‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة و ﺣﺮاﺋﻖ و‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• إﺻﻼح أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪال أﺳﻼك اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎء ﻋﻠﻰاﻟﻔﻮر ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ أﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﯿﺔ أو‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ‪ .‬ﻻﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﻘﻮق أو أﺿﺮارﻛﺸﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻟﮧ‪،‬‬
‫‪.‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎعھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أواﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ أو ﻧﻘﻞﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺤﺮصﻋﻠﻰﻋﺪم ﻗﺮص أوﺳﺤﻖ‪ ،‬أو‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺆھﻞ و ﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻮ اﻧﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﯾﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‪.،‬‬
‫• اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻘﯿﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﯾﻜﻮﻧﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ وﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ الﻇﻬﺮ أو ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ وﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ أﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺪرﺟﺎت ﺣﺮار ة دون‬
‫اﻟﺠﻮﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﮭﻮ اء اﻟﻄﻠﻖ ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮرا ﺑﺎﻟﻎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻸﺣﻮال‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻻﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ اﻻﻟﺘﺰ ام ﺑﻜﺎﻓﺔ إﺟﺮ اءات‬
‫اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ,‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ‪ .‬اﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﻔﺎز ات ذات‬
‫أﻛﻤﺎم ﻃﻮﯾﻠﺔ وﻧﻈﺎرات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪم إﺗﺒﺎع ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺆدي اﻟﻰ ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 5‬‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ھﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺮاءة ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ أﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻮاردة ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻟﯿﺤﺪ‬
‫إﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮب ﺣﺮﯾﻖ أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺿﺮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺧﺴﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻷرواح‪.‬‬
‫تعلیمات السالمة لالستخدام‪ ،‬والعنایة والتنظیف‪ ،‬والتخلص منھا‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮاﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‬
‫‪,‬ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻜﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﯿﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺳﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أوﺟﻠﺦ ﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﻤﺬﯾﺒﺎت ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫• ﻷن ذﻟﻚ ﺳﻮف ﯾﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﻀﺮرﻓﻰ اﻟﻨﮧاﯾﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﺨﺮق أو اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺰﯾﺘﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻮاد ﺗﻌﻄﻲاﻷﺑﺨﺮة اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦأن ﺗﺸﻌﻞ ھﺬه الﻣﻮاد ﻻ ﯾﻐﺴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ھﻲ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻊ زﯾﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻲ أو زﯾﺖ اﻟﻄﻬﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﮧ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻏﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺠﺪھﺎ ﻣﺎ زاﻟﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﻮى‬
‫• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺰﯾﻮت داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ و ھﻮ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﺪوث ﻧﯿﺮان ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﯾﺠﺐ ﻗﻄﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﯿﺎرو ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺤﮧ اﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ‬
‫أﻏﻼق ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫• ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪،‬واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ‬
‫واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪو ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻛﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪه ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣﻮﻧﯿﺎ أواﻷﺣﻤﺎض ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺨﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ اﻻﺗﺠﺎھﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫• وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻏﯿﺮﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﯾﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻐﺎز اﻟﺴﺎم‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﺆ دى إﻟﻰإﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﯿﺮ ة أو وﻓﺎة‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﯿﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ ھﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬و ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﻤﯿﻞ وا ﻟﺘﻔﺮﯾﻎ أو إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ‪ ,‬واﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﺤﻠﺔ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ أوﻻ ‪START / PAUSE‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ . ،‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم إﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و اﻷﺷﺮ اف اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰاﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟة ﻗﺮب اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ ,‬و ﯾﺠﺐ ‪،‬ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﮭﻢ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻣﻦ ﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﺟﮭﺰ ة ﻋﺪمإﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أواﻟﻤﻮت‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺪﻣﯿﺮ ﻛﺎرتون‪ ،‬ﻛﯿﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﯿﻚ و ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦﻣﻮ اد اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ‬
‫و اﻟﺘﻐﻠﯿﻒ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻷﻧ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺎ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل ﻟﻠﻌﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم اﻷﻣﺘﺜﺎل ﻟﺬه اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ‬
‫أﺻﺎﺑﺎت أو وﻓﺎة‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺑﻌﯿﺪا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ات ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﻮ ات‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎت‪ .‬ﻻﻧﮫ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم إﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‬
‫• إزاﻟﺔ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي اﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻃﻔﺎل أو دﺧﻮل اﻟﺤﯿﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮ ة ﻓﯿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﻧﮧ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم إﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‬
‫• إﺑﻘﺎء اﻟﯿﺪﯾﻦ واﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ ﺑﻌﯿﺪة ﻋﻦاﻟﻐﻄﺎء وﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ,‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﻟﺤﻔﺎظﻋﻠﻰ ﯾﺪك ﺑﺸﻜﻞ واﺿﺢ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆھﺬهاﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 6‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻐﯿﺎر واﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰات‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻣﻤﯿﺰة‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻄﯿﻒ ™اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮش اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺳﺨﺎن اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮراﻟﺪوران اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﯿﻢ ھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎء اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪامﻧﻈﺎم‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻄﯿﻒ ™اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺮش اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ دورة‬
‫اﻟﻘﻄﻦ ‪ /‬ﻋﺎدﯾﺔو اﻟﺪوراتاﻟﺜﻘﯿﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫وﺳﺨﺎن اﻟﻤﺎء داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺰﯾﺪ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة وﯾﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻓﻰ دورة‪ .‬اﻟﺒﯿﺎض اﻟﺼﺤﻲ واﻟﻤﺸﺮق™‪.‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺗﻮر ذو اﻟﺪوران اﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﯾﻠﻐﻲاﻟﺤﺰام واﻟﺒﻜﺮات اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻻت ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﻔﯿﺪ ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻷداء و زﯾﺎدة ﻛﻔﺎﺋﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﻗﻔﻞ ﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻗﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮧ و‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪاﻟﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰزرﺑﺪء ‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﯾﺘﻢ و ﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻞ زر اﻻﯾﻘﺎف‪.‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫اﻷﻏﻼق اﻟﻤﺮﯾﺢ ﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻤﻮﺟﺔ ™‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺰود ﺑﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﺗﺠﻌﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻷﻏﻼق ﯾﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﻂء و‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ أﻣﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ و ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻮة اﻟﻄﺮداﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰي و‬
‫‪ 1‬رذاذ اﻟﺰاوﯾﺔ ﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﺆدى إﻟﻰ‬
‫أﻗﻞ اﺣﺘﻜﺎك أﻟﻄﻒ و ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ G‬اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ™ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻮاﺟ أي ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻨﯿﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺪﯾﮧ اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻰ و ﻛﯿﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻮرا )راﺟﻊﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(33‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫وﯾﺒﺪأ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮ ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺧﻼﻟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻣﯿﺰة إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ذاﺗﯿًﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎل اﻧﻘﻄﺎع اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 7‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊا ﻟﻐﯿﺎر واﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰات‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﯿﺎر وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و اﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰ ات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ اﻟﻤ ﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﯿﺰة‪ ،‬ھﻨﺎك اﻟﻌﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮاﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﯿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻛﺎﻷﺗﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪ A‬اﻟﺤﻮضاﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻰ ﻓﻮﻻذى ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻟﻠﺼﺪأ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻮض اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺒﯿﺮ و ﻣﺼﻨﻮع ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم ﻟﻠﺼﺪأ‬
‫ذو ﻣﺘﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻏﻄﺎء زﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﺷﻔﺎف‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء زﺟﺎج ﻗﻮى و ﺷﻔﺎف‪ ،‬وﯾﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻬﻞ أن ﻧﺮىﻣﺎ داﺧﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ C‬اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﺪوار‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻮة‪ .‬ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة وﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر‬
‫اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻌﯿﺎر ﺳﯿﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﻤﻜﻦﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورة اﻹﻋﺪادت ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫أزرار ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﻤﺎم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﻤﺎم‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚا ﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ D‬أﻗﺪام اﻹﺳﺘﻮاء اﻷﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻚ‬
‫أﻗﺪام اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺔ )ﻓﻲاﻟﻌﻤﻖ( ﻟﻀﺒﻂ و ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮار اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرﺿﯿﺎت ﻏﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫‪ E‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﯿﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪LED‬‬
‫ﺳﻬﻠﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة وﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ وﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰ واﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻘﺪر‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻌﻤﻠﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ F‬درج اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﻰ أﺛﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات‪ ،‬واﺣﺪر رﺋﯿﺴﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ )ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ أ وﻣﺴﺤﻮق( و اﻷﺧﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﯿﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ G‬درج ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‬
‫د رج اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﯾﺨﻔﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ و ﯾﻮزع ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫• اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﺸﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ واﻟﺒﺎردة )ﻣﻊ ‪ 2‬أﺧﺘﺎم ﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻨﮭﺎﯾﺎت( ﺣﺰام اﻟﺮﺑﻂ )ﻟﺘﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ(‬
‫‪or‬‬
‫• ﺣﺰاما ﻟﺮﺑﻂ )ﻟﺘﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ(‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 8‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬
‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺛﻘﯿﻠﮧ! ﻻﺑﺪﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﻦ أو أﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﻘﻞ وﺗﻔﺮﯾﻎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚﺳﯿﺆدي اﻟﻰ أﻟﻢ اﻟﻈﻬﺮ أو ﻏﯿﺮ ھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻻﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ وﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ أﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮ ض ﻟﺪرﺟﺎت ﺣﺮار ة دون‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﺮ أو ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻸﺣﻮال اﻟﺠﻮﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﻄﻠﻖ ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﺮرا ﺑﺎﻟﻎ‪.‬‬
‫أﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻷرض اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﻧﻈﻢ اﻟﻘﻮاﻧﯿﻦ و‬
‫اﻻﺣﻜﺎم وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎعھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﻻ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﻋﺮﻗﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺠﺎد ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫إﺑﻘﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ وﺣﻮل اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺮاق‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞاﻷﺟﮭﺰة اﻟﻮﺑﺮ‪ ،‬واﻟﻮرق واﻟﺨﺮق‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻜﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ بإز اﻟﺔ اﻟﺸﻮ ﻛﺔ اﻻرﺿﻰ)ﺷﻮﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ فى اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺤﻮل أوﺳﻞك اﻟﺘﻤﺪﯾﺪ‪.‬أو ﺳﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺷﻮﻛﺔ اﻟﺘﺄرﯾﺾ فى‬
‫اﻻرض ﯾﻢكن ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﺮ‬
‫اﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻮت‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪراﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎءاﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻰ‬
‫ﯾﺠﺐأنﯾﻜﻮناﻟﺘﯿﺎراﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲﻗﺮﯾﺐﻓﻲ ﺣﺪود ‪ 1.5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ أي ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺠﺐ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز وﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻰ ﺑﻄﺮ ﯾﻘﺔﯾﻤ ﻜﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ واﺣﺪ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺮﻣﻮز اﻷﺳﻼك واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﻮ ﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﯾﻮﺻﻰﺑﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎتأو ﻗﺎﻃﻊاﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬اﻧﮭﺎ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﺔ واﻟﺘﺰام ﺻﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮج ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎء ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆھﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰأرﺿﯿﺎت راﺳﺨﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻻھﺘﺰاز‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ‪ ,‬اﻷرﺿﯿﺎت اﻟﺨﺮاﺳﺎﻧﯿﺔ ھﻮ اﻷﻓﻀﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻏﻢ أن اﻷرﺿﯿﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺸﺒﯿﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﯾﯿﺮإدارة اﻹﺳﻜﺎن اﻟﻔﺪراﻟﯿﺔ ‪ ,‬و ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ أن ﯾﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺴﺠﺎد أو اﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻄﻘﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﺪران‬
‫‪115.3 cm‬‬
‫‪115.3 cm‬‬
‫‪2.5 cm‬‬
‫‪2.5 cm‬‬
‫‪68.6 cm‬‬
‫‪68.6 cm‬‬
‫‪2.5 cm‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﻤﺎن إزاﻟﺔ و ﺗﺤﺮﯾﻚ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮ ﻓﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻷﻗﻞ ‪ 1‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ )‪ 2.5‬ﺳﻢ( ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﯿﻦ و‪ 4‬ﺑﻮﺻﺎت )‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ( وراء‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﻜﻰﻻ ﺗﻌﯿﻖ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‬
‫‪141.7 cm‬‬
‫‪(with lid‬‬
‫‪141.7 cm‬‬
‫)‪open‬‬
‫‪(with lid‬‬
‫)‪open‬‬
‫اﻷرﺿﯿﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء واﻻھﺘﺰاز‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أر ﺿﯿﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺷﺪﯾﺪة ﻟﻠﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﺪر اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﮧ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﮧ ھﻮ ‪ ˚1‬أﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫اﻟﯿﻜﻞ اﻟﻀﻌﯿﻒ و أﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺒﻼط اﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ واﻟﺴﺠﺎد ﻟﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮ ﺻﻰ أﺑﺪا ﻻ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2.5 cm‬‬
‫‪10 cm‬‬
‫‪10 cm‬‬
‫‪72.1 cm‬‬
‫‪72.1 cm‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻮدﯾﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮ ب ﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷرض ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻮق واﻷرﻓﻒ‪ ،‬واﻟﺨﺰاﻧﺎت‪ ،‬واﻟﺴﻘﻮف‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ھﻮ ‪ 142‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 9‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮ ﻛﯿﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻚ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺑﻌﺪ وﺻﻮل اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺰل‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮن واﻟﺴﺘﺎﯾﺮ و ﻓﻮم ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪة اﻟﺸﺤﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬إزاﻟﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ دﻟﯿﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ وﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻐﯿﺎر وﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪ ،‬و ﻋﯿﻨﺎت ﻏﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﻓﺘﺤﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦاﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮن ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﻤﻮ ﺟﻮد‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮض ووﺳﻂ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮرق اﻟﻤﻘﻮى‪ .‬إذا ﯾﺠﺐ ﻓﻮرا ﻋﻨﺪوﺻﻮل‬
‫اﻷدوات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺟﮭﺎ‬
‫• ﻛﻤﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮن‬
‫دﻋﻢ اﻟﺤﻮض‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰان‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 10‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫• ھﺎم‪ :‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ ﻣﯿﺎه ﺟﺪﯾﺪة ﻋﻨ ﺪﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢة‪.‬‬
‫• ھﺎم‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻂاﺳﺘﺨﺪاماﻟﺨﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ إل ﺟﻲ ﻣﻊ ھﺬااﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻷن ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺴﻮق ﻏﯿﺮﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ و ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﺮب ‪ ,‬واذا ﺣﺪث أﺿﺮار ﻣﻨﮭﺎ وﻟﺤﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻀﻤﺎن أل‬
‫ﺟﻰﻻ ﯾﻐﻄﻰ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫• ٌٌﯾﺠﺐ أنﯾﻜﻮن ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﺑﯿﻦاﻟﻌﺮض ‪ 800 ~ 50‬ﻛﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬
‫وإذا ﻛﺎنﺿﻐﻂإﻣﺪاداتاﻟﻤﯿﺎه أﻛﺜﺮﻣﻦ ‪ 800‬ﻛﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻛﯿﺐ ﺻﻤﺎمﺗﺨﻔﯿﺾاﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ٌٌﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺤﺺ دوري ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻃﻮم و اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺷﻘﻮق‪،‬‬
‫أوﺗﺴﺮ ﯾﺒﺎت‪ ،‬واﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺨﺮ ﻃﻮم ﻛﻞ ‪ 5‬ﺳﻨﻮات‪.‬‬
‫• ٌٌﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻻ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﺪ ﺧﻄﻮ ط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪ ،‬أو ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺮوص‪ ،‬أوﻣﺴﺤﻮق‪،‬‬
‫أو ﻣﺘﻠﻮى‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﻬﺎ أو ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﯾﺨﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺪر ﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮ ار ة اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻷن ھﺬا ﺳﯿﻠﺤﻖ أﺿﺮار‬
‫ﺑﺨﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه وﺳﯿﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻟﯿﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ,‬واذا ﺗﻌﺮ ﺿﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻧﺨﻔﺎض درﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮ ارة ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ أن‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮف ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮ ارة اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ﻟﻌﺪة ﺳﺎﻋﺎت‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐاﻟﺨﯿﻮط ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم و ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻰ ﻓﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﯿﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫)ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺪﺧﻞاﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻓﻲاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻟاﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻰ‬
‫‪ 2‬رﺑﻂﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢاﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻣﻊﻣﺼﺎدراﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻟﺪﯾﻚ ﻓﻰاﻟﻤﻨﺰل ‪ ,‬ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫اﻟﺒﺎر د ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﺒﺎرد و ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺤﺎر ﻣﻊ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺤﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫و ﺗﺸﺪد ﺑﯿﺪك ﻋﻠﯿﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺪﯾﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﺷﺔ ‪ 4/1‬دورة ﻓﻘﻂﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﯾﺤﺪثﺗﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﺿﺒﻂﺳﺨﺎن اﻟﻤﯿﺎهاﻟﻤﻨﺰلﻋﻠﻰدر ﺟﺔ ‪ 120‬ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﯾﺖ‬
‫)‪ 49‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﯾﺔ( و ھﻰ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﯿﺎهاﻟﺼﻨﺒﻮر‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺗﻢ اﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮ اﻛﻢ أى ﺷﺊ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﺪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺼﻤﺎم‬
‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮاء‪ ،‬أي ﺟﺰﯾﺌﺎت أو ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻮاﺋﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬رﺑﻂﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢاﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻣﻊاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ,‬ﺧﺮﻃﻮماﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺒﺎردﻣﻊاﻟﻠﻮن اﻷزرق‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ و ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺤﺎر ﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﻮن اﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫و ﺗﺸﺪدﺑﯿﺪ كﻋﻠﯿﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺪ ﯾﺪﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺎﺷﺔ ‪8/1‬دورة ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﯾﺤﺪث ﺗﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎرد‬
‫ﺣﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺖ ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮازى و ﻻﺗﺠﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺮف أﻛﺲ )‪ .(X‬ﺗﻌﻠﻖﺧﻂاﻟﻤﺎءاﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦﻋﻠﻰﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ أﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬و ﺧﻂ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺒﺎردإﻟﻰ اﻷزرق ﻣﻊ ﻣﺪﺧﻞاﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺒﺎر‬
‫دةﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﯿﯿﺪ اﻟﺘﺠﻬﯿﺰاتﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﯿﯿﺪاﻟﺘﺠﻬﯿﺰات ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ‪.‬أﻓﺘﺢ أﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﺼﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﺗﺴﺮب‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺧﻂ اﻟﺼﺮف‬
‫• ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ أن ﯾﻜﻮن داﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ‪ ,‬اﻟﻔﺸﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻨﮧ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﻓﯿﻀﺎﻧﺎت وأﺿﺮار ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐﻋﺪم ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ 243,8‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻮقاﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ وﻓﻘﺎ رﻣﻮز اﻟﻤﺤﻠﯿﺎت و اﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮلﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻤﺪة وﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺮوﺻﺔ أو ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻗﺔ‬
‫أو ﻣﺘﻠﻮى‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ‬
‫أﻧﺐ‬
‫‪99 cm‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻔﺎدة)ﺧﺮﻃﻮماﻟﻤﯿﺎه(‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 11‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ ﺧﻂ اﻟﺼﺮف )ﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫إدﺧﺎل ﺑﺤﺰم اﻟﻨﻬﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻠﯿﻨﺔ ﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺼﺮف ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚو ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ دﺧﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺪار وﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺠﺎور‬
‫ة ﻣﻊ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮدد ﻣﻦ رﺑﻂﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺼﺮف إﻟﻰ‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎء ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺸﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﺪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫)ذواﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻓﻲاﻟﺪاﺧﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫• أﻣﺎ اذاﻛﺎن اﻟﺼﺮف اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ ھﻮأﻧﺒﻮب‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ رﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ إﻟﻰ اﻷﻧﺒﻮب ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺸﺮ ﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﺪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫)ذو اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻤﻀﻠﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪1.2~0.9‬ﺳﻢ ﻣﻦاﻷرض‬
‫• يﺟﺐ أن ﯾﺪﺧﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮم الﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻟﯿﺲ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 30-20‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ أﻧﺒﻮب اﻟﺘﺺرﯾﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪99 cm‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂراﺑﻂ‬
‫رﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺿﺒﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﻮاء ﺑﻘﺪر‪ 2‬ﻗﺪم‪.‬ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أوﻋﻜﺲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺧﻔﺾاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎءو ﻧﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮق ﻟﺮؤﯾﺔ إذاﻛﺎن ھﻮ ﻧﻔﺴﮧ ﻛﻤﺎ ھﻮ ﻣﺒﯿﻦ أﻋﻼه‪ .‬و اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﯿﺰان اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪.‬‬
‫• اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻮ اﻧﺐ أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻤﯿﺰان ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻰ ﻟﻠﻐﻄﺎء‬
‫• اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻻﻣﺎم أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وﺿﻊاﻟﻤﯿﺰان‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ‪.‬‬
‫‪99 cm‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﺒﺎاﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂراﺑﻂ‬
‫أﺳﺘﻮاء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪور ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺪم اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ ﺑﻘﺪر اﻟﻀﺮور ةﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﯿﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷن ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺪم اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻼز م ﯾﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻰ أھﺘﺰاز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ أﻗﺪام اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻘﻮة ﻋﻞى اﻷرض و أن ﺗﻬﺰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻠﻄﻒ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰاوﯾﺔ إلى‬
‫زاوﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻬﺘﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أن اﻷرض ﻧﻈﻲفة وﺟﺎفة وﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺒﺎر واﻟﻤﺎء واﻟﺘﺮاب وﻛﺬﻟﻚ الزﯾﻮت ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺰلق ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪماﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪم اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻘﻮة‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ زﯾﺎدة اﻻھﺘﺰاز واﻟﻀﺠﯿﺞ‬
‫بﺳﺒﺐ ﺳﻮءاﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻊ اﻻرض‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪،‬ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﺗﺤﺖ رﻋﺎﯾﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و اﻟﺼﺮف ﻣﺆروض‬
‫أوﻣﺴﺤﻮق أو ﻣﺘﻠﻮى‪ .‬وأن ﯾﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﻌﻠﻮى‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻣﺎمإﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫رﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺧﻔﺾ‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺪم اﻻﺳﺘﻮاء ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو ﻋﻜﺲ اﺗﺠﺎه ﻋﻘﺎرب‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦﺿﺒﻂﻗﺪماﻻﺳﺘﻮاءﻓﻲاﺗﺠﺎه‬
‫ﻋﻘﺎرباﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔﻟﺮﻓﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أوﻋﻜﺲاﺗﺠﺎهﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﺗﺼﺎل ب اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أن ﺗﺘﺼﻞﺑﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ‪ 220-240‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 50 ،‬ھﺮﺗﺰ و‬
‫اﻟﻔﯿﺶ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺪار ‪ 3‬ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ﻷن اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ب‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺷﻮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 12‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪ A‬زراﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ON‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮ ى ﻋﻠﻰ ‪OFF‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬ﻣﻘﺒﺾ دورةاﻟﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎر‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻘﺒﺾ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻮة ﻣﺮةواﺣﺪة أﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﯿﺎ و‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ‪ ,‬وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ھﺬه اﻟﺪورة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫أﺿﺎﻓﺔا ﻻﻋﺪادات ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻷزرارﻗﺒﻞ اﻧﻄﻼق اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫‪ C‬زر اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‪/‬ﺗﺆﻗﻒ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬا اﻟﺰر ‪PAUSE‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺤﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰ زرﺑﺪء‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎفﻣﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻏﻀﻮن ‪ 4‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺪورة‪ ،‬اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻮل ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻰ ‪.OFF‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪ D‬زر ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ دورة اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ھﺬه اﻷزرار ﻟﺘﺤﺪ ﯾﺪﺧﯿﺎر ات دورة ﻣﺮﺟﻮة‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪورة اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﺰر ﻟﮭﺬا اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻮﻣﺾ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫و ﯾﻀﻲء اﻟﺪورة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ E‬أزرار اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات‬
‫أزرار ﺧﯿﺎرات ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚﺑﺎﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺧﯿﺎرات دورة إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‪ ،‬وﺳﻮف‬
‫ﺗﻀﻲء أزرار ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﯿﺢ ﻟﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻂ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 3‬ﺛﻮان‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات‪ ،‬ﯾﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫اﻻﻃﻼع ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ F‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﺨﯿﺎر ات‪ ،‬ووﺿﻊ رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫وﺳﻮف ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻀﯿﺌﺔ ﺧﻼل وﻗﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 13‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺤﺮاﺋﻖ واﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ھﺬااﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪،‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﻃﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫وﺑﻤﺠﺮد اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ وأﺿﺎﻓﮧ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ )اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت وﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‪ / ،‬أو اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻓﺮز اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و ﺛﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ,‬اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.16‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أﺿﻒ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ‪ ,‬اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ‪.18-17‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﻮفﺗﻀﺎء اﻻﺿﻮاء‬
‫ﺣﻮل دورة ﻣﻘﺒﺾاﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬اﺧﺘﺮدورة‪.‬‬
‫أدر دورة ﻣﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺪورة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه واﻟﺼﺮف ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪ /‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻄﻒ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮىاﻟﻤﺎء و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوران‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬زر اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﺪورة اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ دورة )‪ (S‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻀﻲء ﻣﺼﺒﺎح اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺤﻤﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪،‬أﻧﺘﺒﮧ ل درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬
‫ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و اﻟﺸﻄﻒ وﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ وﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﺨﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺎح ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ دورة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬أﺧﺘﯿﺎر أزرار اﻟﺨﯿﺎرت ﺣﺪد أﯾﺔ ﺧﯿﺎرات دورة إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲاﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ أو ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬لﺣﻤﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬أﻧﺘﺒﮧ ل درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬
‫ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و اﻟﺸﻄﻒ و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ وﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺨﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺎح ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ دورة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬اﺑﺘﺪأ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء ‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﺪورة‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‬
‫وﺳﺘﻌﺮض ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻟﺪورةاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ‪ ,‬و‬
‫ﻹﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺪورة ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪. PAUSE‬و ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف‬
‫اﻟﺪورة اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.PAUSE‬ﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﮭﺎء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت اﻟﺼﻔﺎرة وﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪ .,‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻇﻬﻮراﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﯿﺪ‪،‬ﯾﺠﺐ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 14‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﻟﺨﯿﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺎح‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاداﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﺪورات أدﻧﺎه ﯾﻮﺿﺢ اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات وأﻧﻮاع اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ دورة‪.‬‬
‫دورة‬
‫نوعالقماش‬
‫أوالحمل‬
‫غسيل اعدي‬
‫‪،‬قطن‪،‬كتان‪،‬مناشف‬
‫‪،‬قمصان‪،‬مالءات‬
‫جینز‪،‬أحمالمختلطة‬
‫العناﯾةبالبقع‬
‫‪،‬قطن‪،‬كتان‪،‬مناشف‬
‫قمصان‪ ،‬مالءات‪ ،‬جینز‪...‬إلخ‬
‫العناﯾة‬
‫ضد‬
‫الحساﺳیة‬
‫‪،‬قطن‪،‬كتان‪،‬مناشف‬
‫قمصان‪ ،‬مالءات‪ ،‬جینز‪...‬إلخ‬
‫‪،‬شدﯾدةااالتساخ‪ ،‬كتان‬
‫‪،‬مناشف‪،‬مالبسداخلیة‬
‫الشطف الذكي‬
‫‪،‬مالبسعمل‪،‬أقمشة‬
‫حفاضات‪...‬إلخ‬
‫غسيل ئافق‬
‫السر ةع‬
‫مالبس متسخة بشكل عادي‬
‫المالبس الخفیفة‬
‫الغسیل السرﯾع‬
‫االتساخ واأللوان‬
‫‪،‬قطن‪،‬كتان‪،‬مناشف‬
‫ﯾﺳﻏل عادي‪+‬‬
‫‪،‬قمصان‪،‬مالءات‬
‫ﯾﺳﻏل مبدئي‬
‫جینز‪،‬أحمالمختلطة‬
‫العناصر التيﯾشیر الملصق الخاص‬
‫الغسالة والقمصان‪ /‬البلوزات‬
‫غسيل ا بالملس‬
‫الصوفوالمالبسالناﯾلون‬
‫ا ةمعانل‬
‫والمالبس الشفافة أوالمزركشة‬
‫بھا إلىأنھا قابلة للغسیل في‬
‫غسیل عصر‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫شطف‬
‫مستوى‬
‫الماء‬
‫تجفیف ھوائي*‬
‫فائق‬
‫عالي‬
‫متوﺳط‬
‫منخفض‬
‫متوﺳط‬
‫فائق‬
‫عالي‬
‫منخفض‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫متوﺳط‬
‫فائق‬
‫عالي‬
‫منخفض‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫فائق‬
‫عالي‬
‫متوﺳط‬
‫منخفض‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫فائق‬
‫عالي‬
‫متوﺳط‬
‫منخفض‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫فائق‬
‫عالي‬
‫متوﺳط‬
‫منخفض‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫فائق‬
‫عالي‬
‫متوﺳط‬
‫منخفض‬
‫منخفض‬
‫متوﺳط‬
‫منخفض‬
‫بخار‬
‫التأخیر‬
‫نقع‬
‫قوي‬
‫الماء‬
‫الساخن‬
‫الماء‬
‫البارد‬
‫‪Turbo‬‬
‫™‪Wash‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫األشیاء الكبیرةالحجم مثل‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫لحاف‬
‫البطانیات واأللحفة‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﺳتخدمي دورة‪ DUVET‬مع عناصر مثل الوﺳائد واأللحفة واألشیاء األخرى التي تمتص الماء بصعوبة‪ .‬اﻏسلي في أحمال صغیرة فقط لضمان وجود مساحة وافرة كافیة لتحرك الحمل أثناء الغسیل‪ .‬اﻏسلي(لحاف(‬
‫األشیاء المتشابھة معًا‪ ،‬وال تخلطي بین عناصر األلحفة الكبیرة الحجم وقطع المالبس األصغر حجمًا‪ .‬إذا لمتتبعي ھذه التعلیمات‪ ،‬ﯾمكن أن تتعرض المالبس أو الغسالةللضرر‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫منخفض‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪،‬قطن‪،‬كتان‪،‬مناشف‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫الغسیل السریع ‪،‬قمصان‪،‬مالءات‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫جینز‪ ،‬أحمال مختلطة‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫تنظیف الحوض‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺑرﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ“ﻏﺳﯾل ‪ :‬ﻋﺎدي ‪ 10+‬دﻗﯾﻘﺔ”‪“،‬ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻣﯾﺎه ‪“،”5 :‬ﺷطف ‪”1 :‬و“ﺳرﻋﺔاﻟدوران ‪”MID :‬‬
‫)ﺣﻣوﻟﺔ اﻟدورة ‪ (18KG، IEC60456 :‬أﺧﺗﺑروﻓﻘﺎل ‪(UAE.S IEC60456‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 15‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻓﺮز أﺣﻤﺎل اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺰ ﯾﺎدة ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲاﻟﺤﻮض‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺴﺮ ب أو ﺗﻠﻒ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دور ة اﻟﻠﺤﺎف ‪ /‬اﻟﻔﺮ اش ﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻤﺔ أو اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻣﻤﺘﺼﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻮ ﺳﺎدة‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﺴﺮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﻨﺒﯿ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ أي ﻗﻈﻌﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوف أﻧﺎ و اﻗﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﯿﺎه و ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن ﻣﻠﺼﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ أن‬
‫ھﺬه اﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻏﺴﻠﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ أﺿﺮار ﺟﺴﯿﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬وﻏﺴﺎﻟﺘﻚ ‪ /‬أو أﺿﺮار ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ ﻟﻼھﺘﺰاز‬
‫اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬أﻣﺜﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﺿﺎت اﻟﻔﺮاش اﻟﻘﻄﻨﯿﺔ واﻷﻏﻄﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺪات اﻟﺘﺨﯿﯿﻢ‪ ،‬واﻟﻜﺴﻮة واﻟﻌﺘﺎد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮاء اﻟﻄﻠﻖ واﻟﺴﺎرﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺻﻘﺎت اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻘﻤﺎش‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﯿﺎت ﻋﻠﯿﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﺼﻖ رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎس‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫‪Fabric Care Labels‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﯿﻊ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﮭﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﯾﺠﺐ ﻓﺮز اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪ ,‬وﻣﺮاﻋﺎة‬
‫اﻷﺣﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺪﯾﻬﺎﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﻞ داﺋﻤﺎ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﺪاﻛﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺰاھﯿﺔ و اﻟﺒﯿﻀﺎء ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن إذا ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‪،‬‬
‫وﻻ ﯾﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺸﺪة ﻣﻊ ﻗﻠﯿﻠﺔ اﻻﺗﺴﺎخ‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﻢ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﻲ أدﻧﺎه و ﻣﺎ أوﺻﺖﺑﮧ اﻟﺠﻤﻌﯿﺎت ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻷﻟﻮان درﺟﺔ اﻷﺗﺴﺎخ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻮﺑﺮ‬
‫وﺑﺮ ﺧﻔﯿﻒ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺪﯾﺪة‬
‫اﻷﺑﯿﺾ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ وﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺳﻚ‬
‫ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺰاھﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻮى‬
‫ﺧﻔﯿﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺎﻣﻖ‬
‫ﯾﺠﺐ ﻣﺮاﻋﺎة وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲاﻟﺜﻘﯿﻠﺔ واﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔﻓﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔﻓﻰ اﻷﺳﻔﻞ‪,‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ أﻓﻀﻞ‪ .‬وﻛﺬﻟﻚ وﺿﻊاﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺰاھﯿﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل‬
‫اﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪأت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء ‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ و‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪،‬و إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف‬
‫رﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.20‬‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺠﯿﻮب ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻬﻢ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻷﻗﻼم‪ ،‬واﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫وﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ ‪ ,‬اﻟﻀﺮر ﺳﯿﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺳﻮاء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ و اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﺪﯾﺔ‪،‬‬
‫• إﻏﻼق اﻟﺴﻮﺳﺘﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺴﻨﺎﻧﯿﺮ‪ ،‬واﻷﺷﺮﻃﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ ھﺬه اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻤﺰق أو ﺗﻤﺰق اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻤﻠﻄﺨﺔ ﺑﺸﺪة ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻦﺗﺎﺋﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• وﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲأن اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة ﻻ ﺗﺰﯾﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﻐﺴﻞ أو ﺗﻨﺸﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻮاﻗﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻄﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﻐﺴﻞ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل )اﻟﺸﻤﻮع‪،‬‬
‫وﺳﻮاﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﻨﻆﯾﻒ‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ‪.(.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ أو ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮح ‪.‬‬
‫• ھﺎم‪ :‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم دورة اﻟﺤﺠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ‪ /‬اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻣﻊ أﺷﯿﺎء اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮ ة أو‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﺘﺮة ﺑﻮﻟﻲ اﻟﻤﻠﯿﺌﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ و ھﺬه اﻟﺒﻨﻮد ﻻ‬
‫ﺿﺨﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮنﻣﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻷﺧﺮى وﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﺮز ﻛﻞﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 16‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻮزع أوﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﻲ ﯾﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﺛﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات ﻛﺎﻷﺗﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻄﮭﺮ ﻧﺴﯿﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﻨﻈﻒ‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ آن واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲاﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر‬
‫ات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬وﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲاﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻷﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أﻏﻠﻖ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ إﻟﻰ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬أﻓﺘﺢ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‪.‬‬
‫درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺳﺤﺐ درج اﻟﻤﻮزع‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬أﻣﺎﻟﻪ اﻟﺪرج اﻟﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺒﮧ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻓﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﻮرة ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺪرج ﺑﺒﻂء وﺳﻼﺳﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺳﻔﻚ اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﻓﻰ وﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻷواﻧﮧ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﻲ أن ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ ﺻﻐﯿﺮ ة ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮز‬
‫ع اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرة اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺒﻮدرة ﻟﻠﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮرةاﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞﻣﻨﻌﻢ‬
‫)ﻣﻨﻘﻰ( اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫أﺳﺘﺒﺪال درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‬
‫‪ 1‬أوﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎصﺑﮧ‪) .‬ﻣﺠﺮىاﻟﺴﯿﺮ(‬
‫①‬
‫②‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺛﻢ دﻓﻊ اﻟﺪرج ﺑﺤﺰم و ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬اﺣﺮص ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪم ﻗﺮﺻﮧ إﺻﺒﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 17‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻮز ع‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﯾﺨﻔﻒ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ‬
‫وﯾﻮزع ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻓﻲاﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦﺗﺴﻤﯿﺎت وﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‪.‬رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﯿﺎس ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ زﺟﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺻﺐ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ أوﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺼﺐ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻮزع‪ .‬اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ وﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻋﻨﺪﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ و ﺗﻔﺮﯾﻎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﺊ اﻟﺰﯾﺎدة ﻋﻨﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺒﯿﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﻮزع‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﻌﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ھﻮ ﻛﻮب واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ دورة ﻏﺴﯿﻞ‪ .‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺆدي اﻟﻤﻠﺊ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ اﻻھﺪار ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ﻓﻲﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﯿﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‪. ,‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺠﻔﻒ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ وإﺿﺎﻓﺘﮧ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ أﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﻛﻠﻮر اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻣﻊ اﻷﻣﻮﻧﯿﺎ أو اﻷﺣﻤﺎض‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺨﻞ أو ﻣﺰﯾﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺪأ ‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺧﻠﻂ ﻣﻮاد ﻛﯿﻤﯿﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲﺗﻨﺘﺞ اﻟﻐﺎز و ﻗﺪﯾﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﻮت‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر ﻏﯿﺮﻣﺨﻔﻒ ﻓﻰ‬
‫وﺿﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷﺧﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﻞ و ﻣﺴﺢ‬
‫ﺧﻼل‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﯿﺾ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﯾﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﮧ أﺛﺎ رﻟﻠﺪورة اﻟﻘﺎدﻣﺔ و ﯾﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻮزع‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮد ﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﻂ ذاﺗﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﯿﺾ‪ ،‬أﺑﺪا ﻣﻞء اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎدى‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺒﯿﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﻮزع‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺧﻲ اﻟﺤﺬر ﺗﺠﻨﺐ إراﻗﺔ ﻣﻨﮧ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻷﻧﮧ ﻗﺪﯾﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻓﻲ ﺣﺠﺮ ة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫ھﺬه ﻣﻘﺼﻮرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞﻣﺴﺎﺣﯿﻖ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻟﺪورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﺬي‬
‫ﯾﻀﺎف إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺪاﯾﺔ اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﺎت ﻋﻨﺪإﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‪.‬‬
‫و إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻼزم ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ وﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام إﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق أو اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻛﺄس ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‬
‫وإدر اﺟﮧ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮧ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ‪.‬و‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺒﻮدرة‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ أز اﻟﺔ ﻛﺄس ﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرة ﻷن اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺒﻮدرة ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎجاﻟﻰ اﻟﻚب‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻢ اﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ ﻓﻲاﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬
‫ھﺬ هﻣﻘﺼﻮرة ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﯿﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎﻋﻨﮧ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ دورة اﻟﺸﻂف‪.‬‬
‫• داﺋﻤﺎ اﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﺎت ﻋﻨﺪ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ‪.‬و ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوز اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺨﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ‪ ,‬رﺑﻤﺎ اﻟﻜﺜﯿﺮﻣﻦاﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ ﯾﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﻔﻀﻞﺗﻤﯿﯿﻊ ﻣﻨﻘﻲاﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞاﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰة ﻣﻊ ﻣﯿﺎه‪.‬داﻓﺊ و ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎوزاﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺧﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• أبدا ﻻ ﺗﺼﺐ ﻣﻨﻘﻰ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ مﺑﺎﺷﺮة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أو داﺧﻞ ﺣﻮضا‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 18‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ‪LED‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض ‪ LED‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮاﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﯾﺮاﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‪ ،‬واﻟﺨﯿﺎرات‪ ،‬ورﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪ .‬و ﻋﻨﺪﻣ ﺎﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻀﻲء وﺣﺪة اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪ A‬دورة ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﺠﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺬي ﯾﺒﯿﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﺟﺎرﯾﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﯿﺎ ‪ ,‬اﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎر ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪،‬ﻏﺴﯿﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻄﻒ‪،‬ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ B‬الوقت المقدر الباقي‬
‫عندا لضغط على زربدء ‪ /‬إیقاف مؤقت‪ ،‬و الغسالة تلقائیا تكشف‬
‫عن حمولة الغسیل (الوزن) و تحسب الوقت و لكنها تستند فىمعر‬
‫فة الوقت الباقى على أى دورة غسیل تم أختیار ھا‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪ C‬ﻣﺆﺷﺮﻗﻔﻞاﻟﻐﻄﺎء‬
‫ﯾﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺳﻮف ﯾﻘﻔﻞ ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ و ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زرﺑﺪء ‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻮﻗﻒ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬مؤشر اتصال ال ‪WI-FI‬‬
‫عندما يومض المؤشر هذا يعني ان الغساله جاهزه لالتصال بجهاز الهاتف الذكي‪.‬‬
‫عندها يقوم مؤشر ال ‪ WI-FI‬بالعمل‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 19‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻮز ع‬
‫ﻛﻞ دورة ﻟﺪﯾﻬﺎ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﺤﺪدة ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪه ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ‪ ,‬ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫أﯾﻀﺎ ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ إﻋﺪادات زاﺋﺪة ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أزرار إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺰر ﻟﻬﺬا اﻹ ﻋﺪاد ﺣﺘﻰﯾﻀﻲء ﺿﻮء اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮع و ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ و أﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﺪر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻜﻔﺎءة ‪ ,‬ﻗﺪ ﯾﺒﺪو‬
‫ﻣﻦﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻣﯿﺎه داﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﻮض ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺪورات‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ھﺬا أﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺎدى‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪور ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﺟﺪا ﻓﻰ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻗﯿﻘﺔ ‪ ,‬ھﺬا ﯾﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ و ﯾﻮﻓﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻮﻣﺾ اﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫و ﯾﻀﻲء اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺪور ةاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐﻟﺪورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻻ ﯾﻮز ع ﺧﻼل دور ة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺪد ‪ 3‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮىاﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫ﺷﻄﻒ‬
‫• ھﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﯾﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‪.‬‬
‫• وﯾﺒﯿﻦ اﻟﺠﺪولاﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺎء ﯾﺤﺪد ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ وﯾﺨﺘﻠﻒﻛﻤﯿﺘﮧ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ أﻧﮧ ﺳﯿﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺪورة اﻟﺸﻄﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ھﻨﺎك ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﺟﺮاء ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻼت ﺧﻼل ﺷﻄﻒ‪،‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ]اﻟﺒﺪاﯾﺔ ‪ /‬وﻗﻒ[ ﻗﺒﻞ إﺟﺮاء أﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮات‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ إزاﻟﺔﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ‪ ،‬ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫زاﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 20‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫أزرار دورة اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﺪة ﻣﯿﺰات إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ ‪ ,‬و ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ اﻻﺣﺘﯿﺎﺟﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ ‪ ,‬و اﻷﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬى ﺗﺮﯾﺪه‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﺤﻤﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﻚ‪ ،‬وﻟﯿﺲ ﻛﻞ دورات‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪ ،‬أو اﻟﺸﻄﻒ أو اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺪورات‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﻈﺮ دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﺪورة ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪإﺿﺎﻓﺔﺧﯿﺎراﻟﺒﺨﺎرإﻟﻰدورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﻘﯿﻖ‬
‫أداء ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‪.‬وﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﺨﺎر‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺤﺼﻠﯿﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻓﻮاﺋﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺴﻲ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء أﺛﻨﺎء دورات اﻟﺒﺨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺼﺒﺢ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺒﺎب‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎوﻟﻲ إﻟﻐﺎء آﻟﯿﺔ ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء أو وﺿﻊ ﯾﺪﯾﻚ داﺧﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء دورة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺒﺨﺎر ﺣﺮوﻗ ًﺎ ﺷﺪﯾﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﯿﺎر اﻟﺒﺨﺎر ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺪورات‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أﻻ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺒﺨﺎر ﻣﺮﺋﯿًﺎ ﺑﻮﺿﻮ ح ﺧﻼل دورات اﻟﺒﺨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﯾُﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚأﻣﺮًا ﻃﺒﯿﻌﯿًﺎ‪ .‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺘﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺒﺨﺎر اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻼزم ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ اﻟﺒﺨﺎرﻣﻊ اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺼﻮف‬
‫أو اﻟﺤﺮﯾﺮ أو اﻷﻗﻤﺸﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﺸﻮه أﻟﻮاﻧﮭﺎ ﺑﺴﮭﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻊ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ وﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫أﻛﺜﺮﺷﻤﻮﻻﻣﻦﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ وﻗﺘﺎ إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎص اﻟﺒﻘﻊ أﺛﻨﺎءاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﺗﻜﻮن دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪأتدون ﺗﺼﺮ ﯾﻒ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪.‬‬
‫• وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻨﻘﻊ ‪ 40‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ 60 ،‬دﻗﯿﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫أو‪ 80‬دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻧﻘﻊ ﻣﺮار اوﺗﻜﺮارا ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﻲ أن ﺣﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﺳﯿﻜﻮ ن ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﺧﻼل دور ة اﻟﻨﻘﻊ‪.‬‬
‫موجة قوية‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻮة اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ‪ ,‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬه اﻷزرار‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﺪاﯾﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮن ﻗﻮة اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻋﺎدﯾﮧ‬
‫و ﻟﻦ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫• وﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻗﻮﯾﺔ وﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ‪.‬ﻟﻜﻦ‪ ،‬اﻟﺨﯿﺎر‬
‫ﻟﯿﺲ ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞﻣﺮ ة ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف ھﻲ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫حار و بارد غسيل‬
‫• رارزﻷا هﺬھ مﺪﺨﺘﺳا ‪،‬درﺎﺒﻟاو رﺎﺤﻟا رﺎﯿﺘﺧا ﺪﻨﻋ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ اﻷﺳﺎس‪ ،‬ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺒﺎرد ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺤﺎر‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺰر اﻟﺤﺎر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﮧ‪ ،‬وﺳﯿﻈﻬﺮ ﺿﻮء ﻣﺆﺷﺮ اﻟﺤﺎر‬
‫و اﻟﺒﺎرد‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺒﺎرد واﻟﺤﺎر ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺒﺎرد‪.‬‬
‫• أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‪ ،‬ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮه‪.‬‬
‫• وﻓﻲ دورات اﻟﺼﻮف ﻏﺳﯾل اﻟﻣﻼﺑس اﻟﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﯾﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺒﺎر دﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫)إذا ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺎر ﻗﺪ ﯾﺤﺪث ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻰاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ(‬
‫• وﻓﻲ دورات رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺔ أو اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ وﺳﻮف ﯾﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻄﺒﯿﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎل‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﺎر واﻟﺒﺎرد وھﻮ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫تأخير الوقت‬
‫اذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ اﺧﺘﺮت دورة وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎرات‬
‫اﻷﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ و ﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮھﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬازر ﺗﺄﺧﯿﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺪء دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮة ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺬا اﻟﺰر اﻟﻤﺎءاﻟﺰ اﺋﺪ ﺳﯿﺘﺄﺧﺮ‬
‫وﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪ 3-18‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫™‪TURBO WASH‬‬
‫إضافة خيار ™‪ Turbo Wash‬يقلل من وقت دورة‬
‫الغسيل مع توفير نفس أداء الغسيل للدورة‬
‫ذاتها بدون ميزة ™‪.Turbo Wash‬‬
‫‬
‫مالحظة‪:‬‬
‫• ال يمكن استخدام خيار ™‪ Turbo Wash‬مع جميع الدورات‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 21‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫أزرار دورة اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات )ﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫اﻟﮭﻮاءاﻟﺠﺎف‬
‫مالحظة‪:‬‬
‫• أﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺄﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 3‬ﺛﻮان زر ﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒ‬
‫ﻷﺧﺘﯿﺎر ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﻬﻮاء ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ وﻗﺖ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻬﻮاءا ﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﻬﻮاء ‪،‬و ﺳﻮف‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻷزرار اﻷﺧﺮى ﻏﯿﺮ ﻧﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫• إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻠﻖ دورة اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﺠﺎف و ﯾﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ھﻮاء ﺟﺎف ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 60‬دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﯿﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬داﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﺎﻓﻆ أن ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ل ‪ 2‬ﻛﺠﻢ أو أﻗﻞ و‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮز ﻋﯿﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﺎوى ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ ﻓﻌﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺣﺪد ‪ 60‬دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻘﻄﻨﯿﺔ و ‪ 120‬دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ اﻷﻟﯿﺎف‬
‫اﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﯿﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ ﻓﻌﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪) WI-FI‬‬
‫(‬
‫اضغط مع االستمرار على الزر ‪Time Delay‬‬
‫ثوان‪ .‬عند تشغيل ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬تتم إضاءة رمز‬
‫لمدة ‪3‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫‪( Wi-Fi‬‬
‫) الموجود على لوحة التحكم‪.‬‬
‫‪( Remote Start‬بدء التشغيل عن ُبعد)‬
‫• إذا لم تبدأ في تشغيل جهازك‪ ،‬فستنتظر لبدء إحدى الدورات حتى‬
‫تقوم بإيقاف تشغيل جهازك من التطبيق أو تعطيل وظيفة "بدء التشغيل عن بُعد"‪.‬‬
‫• عند تشغيل "بدء التشغيل عن بُعد"‪ ،‬يتم قفل الباب آليًا‪.‬‬
‫لتعطيل بدء التشغيل عن ُبعد‪:‬‬
‫عند تفعيل "بدء التشغيل عن بُعد‪ "،‬اضغط مع االستمرار على زر‬
‫ثوان‪.‬‬
‫‪ Remote Start‬لمدة ‪3‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞاﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫• ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻘﻔﻞ أو ﻓﺘﺢ أزرار اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻣﻦ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻘﻔﻞ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﻗﻮﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺢ أﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺸﻄﻒو اﻟﺘﻨﺸﯿﻒ‬
‫وﻗﺖ أﻃﻮل أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼل ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ‪ ،‬ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺄﻣﯿﻦ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻷزرار ﺣﺘﻰ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أو و ﻇﯿﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﯾﺘﻢ إﯾﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﯾﺪوﯾﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ وﻇﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻃﻔﻞ ﯾﺘﻢﺗﻔﻌﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﻤﻜﻦ وﻇﯿﻔﺔ اﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﻃﻔﻞ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة ﻓﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫استخدم هات ًفا ذكيًا للتحكم في جهازك عن بُعد‪.‬‬
‫يمكنك أيضًا مراقبة تشغيل الدورة للتعرف على‬
‫الوقت المتبقي للدورة‪.‬‬
‫> ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔﻗﻔﻞاﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ <‬
‫> ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ ﻗﻔﻞاﻟﻄﻔﻞﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ <‬
‫مالحظة‪ :‬ينبغي االتصال ً‬
‫أول بإحدى البوابات وتسجيل جهازك‬
‫لتتمكن من استخدام وظيفة "بدء التشغيل عن بُعد"‪( .‬راجع "الوظائف‬
‫الذكية"‪).‬‬
‫الستخدام بدء التشغيل عن بُعد‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬اضغط على الزر ‪.Power‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ضع الغسيل في الحلة‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اضغط مع االستمرار على زر ‪ Remote Start‬لمدة‬
‫‪ 3‬ثوان لتمكين وظيفة "بدء التشغيل عن بُعد"‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ابدأ إحدى الدورات من التطبيق ‪LG Smart ThinQ‬‬
‫على هاتفك الذكي‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 22‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﯿﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﯾﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﯿﻔﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﺰﯾﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ وﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘ‪.‬اﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ‪ LG Smart ThinQ‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ Play Google‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﮭﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪ .‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﺎت ﻟﺘﻨﺰﯾﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎز ﻣﻦ ھﺎﺗﻒ ذﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﯿﺰات‬
‫اﻟﺬﻛﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﯾﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ‪ LG Smart ThinQ‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺠﺎز ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎء ﺣﺴﺎب وﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬إﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Register‬‬
‫‪ 4‬إﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.Top Load Washer‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎع اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﯿﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎز وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﯿﻠﮫ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ ،Wi-Fi‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫)‬
‫( ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻀﺎءة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• ‪ LG Smart ThinQ‬ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ أي ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ أو أي ﻋﯿﻮب‪ ،‬أو أﻋﻄﺎل‪ ،‬أو أﺧﻄﺎء ﯾﺴﺒﺒﮭﺎ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺪﻋﻢ اﻟﺠﺎز ﺷﺒﻜﺎت ‪ 2.4 Wi-Fi‬ﺟﯿﺠﺎ ھﺮﺗﺰ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا واﺟ اﻟﺠﺎز ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﯿﺪًا ﻟﻠﻐﺎﯾﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻮﺟ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮاء ﺟﺎز إﻋﺎدة إرﺳﺎل‬
‫‪) Wi-Fi‬ذات ﻧﻄﺎق أوﺳﻊ( ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﻗﻮة إﺷﺎرة ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮاء ﺟﺎز إﻋﺎدة إرﺳﺎل ‪) Wi-Fi‬ﻣﻮﺳﻊ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق( ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻮة إﺷﺎرة ‪.Wi-Fi‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﯾﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻹﻋﺪادات واﻟﻤﯿﺰات‪.‬‬
‫دورة اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﯿﯿﻦ أو ﺗﻨﺰﯾﻞ أي دورة ﻣﻔﻀﻠﺔ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﺎز‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪرب ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪى ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﻼك اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺪورات اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺆﺧﺮًا‬
‫واﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﻟﺸﺮي‪.‬‬
‫™‪Smart Diagnosis‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ھﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﯿﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻣﻔﯿﺪة ﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎز وﺣﻠﺎ ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺬار اﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﺒ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ إﺷﻌﺎر ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﺎز اﻟﺤﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪ .‬ﯾﻈﺮ‬
‫إﺷﻌﺎر ﺣﺘﻰ إذا ﺗﻢ إﯾﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ‪.LG Smart ThinQ‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪ Wi-Fi‬أو ﯾﻨﻘﻄﻊ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻢ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﺑﻨﺎءً ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻓﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي اﻟﺒﯿﺌﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﯿﻄﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺑﻂء ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻼﺳﻜﻠﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺚ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﻲ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺨﻀﻊ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻷﻏﺮاض ﺗﺤﺴﯿﻦ اﻟﺠﺎز‬
‫ﺑﺪون إﺷﻌﺎراﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﯿﺎت‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮد اﻟﻤﺼﺪر ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ‪ ،GPL‬و‪ ،LGPL‬و‪،MPL‬‬
‫وﺗﺮاﺧﯿﺺ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮح اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ‬
‫ھﺬا اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﯾﺮﺟﻰ زﯾﺎرة ‪http://opensource.lge.com‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ رﻣﺰ اﻟﻤﺼﺪر‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ ﺷﺮوط اﻟﺘﺮﺧﯿﺺ وإﺧﻼء ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﯿﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻀﻤﺎن و ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ واﻟﻨﺸﺮ اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﯿﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﯾﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮف ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ‪ LG Electronics‬أﯾﻀًﺎ ﻛﻮد اﻟﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮح ﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮص‬
‫‪ CD-ROM‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﻮم ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺬا اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻨﻘﻞ واﻟﺸﺤﻦ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﯿﻞ( ﺑﻨﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﯾُﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﺒﺮﯾﺪ‬
‫اﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻲ إﻟﻰ ‪ .opensource@lge.com‬ھﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻌﺮض ﺳﺎرٍ ﻟﻤﺪة ﺛﻼث )‪ (3‬ﺳﻨﻮات ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎرﯾﺦ ﺷﺮاﺋﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 23‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﯿﺔ‬
‫™‪Smart Diagnosis‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻼء‬
‫‪ 1‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪.Power‬‬
‫‪ 2‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺘﯿﺎر‬
‫‪.More Settings‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﯿﻔﺔ‬
‫™‪Smart Diagnosis‬‬
‫إذا واﺟﺘﻚ أي ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﺠﺎز‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻟﺪﯾ اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻰ ھﺎﺗﻒ ذﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ‪ LG Smart ThinQ‬أو‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﺗﺼﺎل ‪.LG Smart ThinQ‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ™‪ Smart Diagnosis‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪.Start/Pause‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ زر ‪.Power‬‬
‫• ﺿﻊ ﻣﯿﻜﺮوﻓﻮن اﻟﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪Max.‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫‪10 m‬‬
‫ﯾﺘﻌﺬر ﺗﻔﻌﯿﻞ ™‪ Smart Diagnosis‬إﻟﻰ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﺎز‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ . Power‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺬر ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﺠﺎز‪ ،‬ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫إﺟﺮاء ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﺎ دون اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫™‪.Smart Diagnosis‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ™‪ Smart Diagnosis‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ‬
‫‪ 1‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ‪ LG Smart ThinQ‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺠﺎز ﺛﻢ اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻷﯾﻤﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺣﺪد ™‪ ، Smart Diagnosis‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫™‪.Start Smart Diagnosis‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• إذا ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮة‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Try Again‬أو ‪.Diagnosis Audible‬‬
‫‪ 5‬اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬أﺑﻖ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻨﺘﻲ إرﺳﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﯾﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬أﺑﻖ اﻟﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﻨﺘﻲ إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮك اﻟﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء إرﺳﺎل اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﺗﻌﺬر ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﺤﺼﻮل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ دﻗﯿﻖ ﻟﻠﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎوﻟﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻨﺘﻲ اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ وﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎدﺛﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪ ،‬اﻟﺬي ﺳﯿﺘﻤﻜّﻦ ﺑﺪوره ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ وﻇﯿﻔﺔ ™‪ Smart Diagnosis‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮف ﯾﺘﺤﺴﻦ أداء اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت وﺳﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ أﻓﻀﻞ إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ھﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﻤﻨﺰل‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﻛﺎن ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ™‪Smart Diagnosis‬‬
‫ﺿﻌﯿﻔًﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺟﻮدة اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﻟﻀﻌﯿﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫أﻓﻀﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ™‪.Smart Diagnosis‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 24‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‬
‫أزرار دورة اﻟﺨﯿﺎرات‬
‫‪ w‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻞاﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻟﺘﻔﺎدي ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪوث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺪم اﺗﺒﺎع ھﺬا ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺴﺒﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺎت ﺧﻄﯿﺮة ﻟﻺﻧﺬار‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﺮﯾﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫• اﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﮭﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬أواﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﯿﻤﺎوﯾﺎت ﻣﺮﻛﺰة‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻜﺎﻧﺲ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺬﯾﺒﺎت ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬وﺳﻮف ﺗﻠﺤﻖ اﻟﻀﺮر اﻟﻨﻬﺎﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒاﻟﺴﻄﺢاﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ إﻃﺎﻟﺔ أﻣﺪھﺎ‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎء داﻓﺊ وﻣﻌﺘﺪل‬
‫و ﻧﻘﻰ‪.‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻓﻮرا أي ﺗﺴﺮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﯿﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺎش رﻃﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ھﺎم‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻜﺤﻮﻟﯿﺎت أواﻟﻤﺬﯾﺒﺎت‪ ،‬أو ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺑﺪا ﻻ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺼﻮف اﻟﺼﻠﺐ أو اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫أنﯾﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﻋﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش أو ﻣﻨﺸﻔﺔ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺰ ﺟﺎج‪.‬‬
‫داﺋﻤﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺮب وﻗﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻢ اﻻﻧﺘﮭﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻦ دورة ‪.‬ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ رﻃﺒﺔ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﯿﺪ‪ ،‬وﺗﻐﯿﺮ اﻟﻠﻮن و ﺧﺮوج راﺋﺤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ دورةﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض‪ ،‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت واﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦأن ﺗﺤﺪث ﻓﻲ ﺣﻮض اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻔﻦ اﻟﻔﻄﺮي أو راﺋﺤﺔ ﻋﻔﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ دور ة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ‪ TUB CLEAN‬ﺷﻬﺮﯾﺎ ﻹزاﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت وﻏﯿﺮھﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮاءة ھﺬه اﻹرﺷﺎدات ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪاﯾﺔدورة ﺣﻮض ﻧﻈﯿﻒ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وإزاﻟﺔ أي ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻣﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ درج اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق‬
‫‪ 2‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻜﻠﻮر اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ أو ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺤﻮض‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق أوأﻗﺮاص اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﺘﻢﺗﺼﻨﯿﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﮭﺬا اﻟﻐﺮض ﯾﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫أن ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻﺗﻀﻒ أي ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ أو اﻟﻤﻨﻌﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺪرج‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دور ة اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﻨﻈﻒ‬‫إزاﻟﺔ ﻛﺄس اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ و إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرة‬
‫اﻟﺪرج‪ .‬اﻟﺮﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻗﺮص‬‫أﺿﻒ ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ة اﻟﻰ ﺣﻮض اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ل ﻗﺮصاﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪرج‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺪرج‪ ،‬وﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺣﺪد دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ‪ TUB CLEAN‬واﻟﻀﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪء‪/‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ أن دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ‪TUB CLEAN‬‬
‫ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲﺗﻜﺮارﺷﻬﺮﯾﺎ‪ .‬إذا وﺟﺪت اﻟﻌﻔﻦ أوراﺋﺤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﯾﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ‪ TUB CLEAN‬ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 3‬أﺳﺎﺑﯿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻛﺘﻤﺎل دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ‪ TUB CLEAN‬أوﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﺮك ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﻠﺘﻬﻮﯾﺔ‬
‫واﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒد اﺧﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 25‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻢ )ﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫وإذا ﻟﻢ ﯾﻜﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ أو ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎضدرﺟﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺤﺮ ارة أﺗﺒﻊ اﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬إﯾﻘﺎف إﻣﺪادات ﻣﯿﺎه اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﯿﻢ ﻣﻦ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و ﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﯿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﯿﺎر إﻟﻰ أﺳﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 8.3‬ﻟﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺮﻛﺒﺎت ﻏﯿﺮ ﺳﺎﻣﺔ ذو اﻟﺮاﺋﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒﻓﻼﺗﺮ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ أﻛﺸﺎف أناﻟﻤﺎء ﻻ ﯾﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ درج اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﺈذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﯿﺶ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻌﺴﺮ‪ ،‬وھﺬا ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﺳﺒﺐ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ‬
‫ھﺎم‪ :‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺤﺬر اﻟﺸﺪﯾﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ إزاﻟﺔ و ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ ﻣﻌﻄﻮﺑﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺪون ﻓﻼﺗﺮ و اﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻼء ‪LG‬‬
‫ﺑﺎرد‬
‫ﺣﺎر‬
‫اﻟﺠﯿﺪة ﻓﻰ اﻟﺤﻮض اﻟﻔﺎرغ و أﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺣﺪددورةﺗﻨﺸﯿﻒودع ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 1‬دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ ﻛﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬اﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬وﺟﻔﻒ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﯿﻞﺑ ﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺎش ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬وإﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬إزاﻟﺔ إدراج اﻟﻤﻮزع‪ .‬وﺻﺮف أي ﻣﺎءﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات‬
‫وﺗﺠﻔﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 9‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﺜﻠﺠﯿﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﺷﻐﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل دورة اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬و ﻓﻚ ﺧﻄﻮط اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ واﻟﺒﺎردة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ھﺎم‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻂ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ إلﺟﻲ ﻣﻊ ھﺬا‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ‪ ,‬ﻷن ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺴﻮق ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞﺻﺤﯿﺢ و ﯾﻤﻜﻦﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﺮب ‪ ,‬واذا ﺣﺪث‬
‫أﺿﺮار ﻣﻨﻬﺎ و ﻟﺤﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻀﻤﺎن أل ﺟﻰ ﻻ ﯾﻐﻄﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‪ .‬ﻻﺗﻀﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ!‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ اﻟﺘﻜﻠﺲ‬
‫إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﯿﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﯿﻬﺎ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﻌﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺿﺮر‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﻤﻨﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻌﺴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﻌﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ أﻧﮧ ﻻ ﯾﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬و ﯾﺠﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ دورة ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻢ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﯿﺮ و ﻏﯿﺮھﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻮض اﻟﻔﻮﻻذ اﻟﻤﻘﺎوم‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﺪأ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد ﻏﯿﺮاﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﺪأ و ﻻ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫واﻟﺼﻮف ﻷﻧﮧ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﺴﻄﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮكاﻟﻐﻄﺎءﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮك اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﺤﻮض‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪ ،‬وﯾﻨﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻞ اﻷﺑﯿﺾ‬
‫و أﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺰﯾﻞ ﻷزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﯿﺮ ﺛﻢ أ ﺷﻄﻒ ﺟﯿﺪاﻗﺒﻞ إﻋﺎدة‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﯿﺘﮧ ﻣﻊ ‪ .‬ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮ ى إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ وأﻋﺪ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮط‪.‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 26‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﻈﻔﺎت أﻗﻞ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﯾﻚ ﻣﯿﺎه‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺴﻠﯿﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻛﺜﯿﺮا ھﻮ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻷﺳﺒﺎب ﻋﺬﺑﺔ‪ ،‬أوأﺻﻐﺮ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ‪ ،‬أوﻗﻠﯿﻠﺔ اﻷﺗﺴﺎخ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪ .‬ﻻﺑﺪ أن ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ أناﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﯿﻖ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ و‬
‫أن ﺗﻘﺮأ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ وﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﺎت اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‪،‬‬
‫رﻋﺎﯾﺔ وﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ :‬اﻏﺴﻠﮧ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺨﺎرج واﻟﺪاﺧﻞ واﻟﺠﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻟﯿﻦ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎرج‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺢ ﻓﻮرا و إﯾﻘﺎف أي ﺗﺴﺮب‪ .‬اﻣﺴﺢ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎش ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺄدو ات ﺣﺎدة‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ واﻟﺘﺨﺰﯾﻦ‪ :‬اﺳﺄل ﻓﻨﻲ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه وﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢاﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪.‬و ﻻﺗﺨﺰن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻌﺮض ﻟﻠﻄﻘﺲ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺟﺎزات اﻟﻄﻮﯾﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﯾﺘﻢإﯾﻘﺎف إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺎت‪ .‬وﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦﻣﻨﺎزل‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ اﻟﻄﻘﺲ اﻟﺸﺪﯾﺪ ﻟﺪرﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درجﻣﻮزع‪ :‬اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت واﻟﻤﻨﻌﻢ اﻟﻨﺴﯿﺞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮزع درج‪ .‬وﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﺮة أو ﻣﺮﺗﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻬﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺪرج ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺳﺤﺒﮭﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻟﻠﺨﺎرج ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج‬
‫واﻟﺨﺮوج ﺑﮧ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ات ‪ 2‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪرج ؛ ﺛﻢ ﺷﻄﻒ اﻟﺪرج ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺪاﻓﺊ ﻹزاﻟﺔ آﺛﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮاﻛﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬
‫ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺪرج‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﺮﺷﺎة ﺻﻐﯿﺮة‪ ،‬وﻏﯿﺮاﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ و إزاﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﯿﺎ‬
‫واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ اﻟﺪرج‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻓﺮﺷﺎة ﺻﻐﯿﺮة‪ ،‬وﻏﯿﺮاﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﯿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ و إزاﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﯿﺎ‬
‫واﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ 4‬إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ات اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ اﻟﻰاﻟﺪرج ﺛﻢ ادراﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 27‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎديﻗﺪﺗﺴﻤﻊاﻷﺻﻮات‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﻤﺎع اﻷﺻﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ أن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﮭﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﯾﻘﻔﻞوﯾﻔﺘﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺮاﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﯿﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺮﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﻨﺒﺮة‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪور ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫رش أو اﻟﮭﺴﮭﺴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫رش اﻟﻤﯿﺎه أو ﺗﺪاوﻟﻬﺎ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺪورة‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻨﯿﻦ أو اﻟﻐﺮﻏﺮة‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﯾﻒ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ اﻟﻀﺦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﺔ دورة‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮت ﺧﻮض اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻮازن ﺣﻮل ﺟﻤﯿﻊ أﻧﺤﺎء ﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫ﯾﺴﺎﻋﺪ اﻟﺤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺪوران ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﯾﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﺤﻮض ﻓﻰ اﻻﺳﺘﺪارة ﻗﻠﯿﻼ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﯾﻘﻒ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت اﻟﻤﺎءو ﯾﻌﻄﯿﻚ أﻧﻄﺒﺎع‬
‫ﺑﺒﺪاﯾﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫• اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﯿﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺣﺠﻢ وﻧﻮع اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻤﺰﯾﺪﻣﻦاﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻟﻠﺪورة‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪﯾﻜﻮنﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﯿﻞﻏﯿﺮﻣﺘﻮازن‪ .‬وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﻮاساﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬و‬
‫ﺳﯿﺘﻢ إﯾﻘﺎف و ﻧﻌﯿﺪ اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﯿﻒ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ‬
‫ﻏﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫وﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم رﺻﺪاﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺒﻜﺮة‪.‬‬
‫إذا اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ ﻻﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ‪ ,‬ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﺎط اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺳﺒﺎباﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻠﻮل‬
‫ھﺰوﺿﺠﯿﺞ اﻟﻘﻌﻘﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ‪ ،‬واﻟﻨﻘﻮد اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﯿﺔ‪،‬‬
‫أو دﺑﺎﺑﯿﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻠﺔأوﻓﻰ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮتأھﺘﺰاز‬
‫وﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮازن‬
‫• ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﻮأءاﻗﺪام اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﮧ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰاﻷرض ﺑﺜﺒﺎت‪.‬‬
‫• اﻻرض ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﺪة ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﯿﮧاﻟﻜﻔﺎﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﺒﻂ أﻗﺪام اﻟﺘﺴﻮﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ أرﺑﻌﺔ أﻗﺪام ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﯿﻨﻤﺎ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺪور دورة ﻣﻊ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن أرﺿﯿﺔ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ وﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ‪ ,‬اﻟﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻷرﺿﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮلﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔﺗﺴﺮ‬
‫اﻧﻔﺼﺎل ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺔأو ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻧﺴﺪاد‪.‬ﻓﻰ ﻣﻮاﺳﯿﺮاﻟﺼﺮف‬
‫ﻓﻰ اﻟﺒﯿﺖ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﺒﯿﺮة ﻣﺜﻞ وﺳﺎدة‬
‫وﺑﻄﺎﻧﯿﺔ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺤﻮض‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ وﺗﺸﺪد ﻣﻦ وﺻﻼت اﻟﺨﺮﻃﯿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﺴﺮ ﺟﻤﻮد أﻧﺒﻮب اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ‪ .‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺴﺒﺎك إذا ﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪورة‪ .‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ اﻷﺷﯿﺎء اﻟﻜﺒﯿﺮة‪،‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام دورات ﻟﺤﺎف اﻟﻔﺮاش‪.‬‬
‫• وﻗﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻷﺣﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻓﺮاط ﻓﻲ رﻏﻮة‬
‫اﻷﻛﺜﺎر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‬
‫أو ﻏﯿﺮﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﯿﻞ ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ اﻟﺮﻏﻮة‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮتھﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫باﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫اﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮن‬
‫اﻷﺣﻤﺎل اﻟﺜﻘﯿﻠﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺻﻮت‬
‫ھﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• و ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازن‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ واﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ وﺟﻮد اﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺒﺔ‪ .‬إذا‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﻻ ﺗﺰال ﺑﻌﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﯾﺪﻋﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وھﺬا أﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ‪ ، .‬وھﻮ رﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮازن‪ .‬ﻗﻒ‬
‫وإﻋﺪ ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• إﯾﻘﺎف وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ ﻋﺐء اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 28‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ)ﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺳﺒﺎباﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻠﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻓﻲ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮف ﺑﺒﻂء أو‬
‫ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﻃﻼق‪ ،‬أو‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻏﯿﺮ ﺳﺎﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮوص‪،‬أو اﻧﺴﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﺪادات‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ‬
‫إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬وﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻘﺮوص أو ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﻤﻸﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎءﺑﺒﻂء‬
‫أو ﻻ ﻋﻠﻰاﻻﻃﻼق‪،‬‬
‫أوﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻟﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﺘﻠﻮى‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮوص‪ ،‬أو ﻣﺜﻨﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪.‬‬
‫• ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻓﻰاﻟﻤﻨﺰل‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﻠﻮى أو ﻣﻘﺮوص‪.‬أن‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺤﺬر ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ ‪ .‬راﺟﻊ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ‪ .‬اﻟﻌﻨﺎﯾﺔ واﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ آﺧﺮ ﺻﻨﺒﻮر ﻓﻲاﻟﻤﻨﺰل ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﯿﺔ ھﻮ ﻛﺎف‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﯿﺎرﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‬
‫• ﺻﻤﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺒﯿﺖ ‪ ،‬واﻟﺪواﺋﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻣﻜﺴﻮرة ‪,‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻮع‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أﻧﮧ ﺗﻢﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ أﺳﺲ‪ 2 ،‬ﺷﻖ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 220-240‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ 50 ،‬ھﺮ ﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫• إﻋﺎدة ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة أو اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺰود ﻓﻰ ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮاﻟﻘﺪرات‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ھﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ اﺧﺘﻨﺎق‬
‫اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‪ ،‬و ﯾﺠﺐ أﺣﻀﺎر ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺆھﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎءﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄﻓﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﻗﻔﻞ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء ‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف‬
‫ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺪورة‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﺑﻀﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﺎت ﻗﺒﻞأن‬
‫ﯾﺒﺪأ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﯿﻞ ﻓﻰاﻟﺪوران ﻓﺈن ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺪور إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻐﻠﻖ )ﻗﻔﻞ ‪ LID‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض(‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﺗﻢ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء واﻟﻘﻔﻞ واﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺪﻋﻮة ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء ‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫وﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ دي‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺖ دورة اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ‬
‫أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎد‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ و ﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪ ،‬درﺟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺮارة ﺿﻐﻂا ﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮب اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﺮ ﺗﻔﻊ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐو ﺟﻮد ﺻﻤﺎما ﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫اﻟﺨﺎﻃﺊ‪.‬‬
‫• إﻏﻼق ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺾ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫• اﻓﺼﻞاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪،‬وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰاﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ واﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء ‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪءاﻟﺪورة‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﺑﻀﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻈﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﯾﺒﺪأ اﻟﺒﺮﻣﯿﻞ ﻓﻰاﻟﺪوران ﻓﺈن‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻﺗﺪور إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻐﻠﻖ )ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫‪ LID‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺮض(‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﺗﻢ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء واﻟﻘﻔﻞ واﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﯾﺠﺐ اﻟﺪﻋﻮة ﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺼﯿﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ھﺬا أﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ وﻗﺖ دور ة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﻓﯿﺮ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫• إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﺑﺪء‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫وﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض رﺳﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ دي‪.‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 29‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ)ﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻷﺳﺒﺎباﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻠﻮل‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺘﻮازن ﺑﯿﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ )اﻧﻈﺮأﻋﻼه(‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ھﺬا‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪.‬‬
‫• إن اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﺻﻐﯿﺮ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺘﻢ ﺧﻠﻂ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﺜﻘﯿﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫أﺧﻒ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫• واﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻮازن‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺜﺮﻣﺴﺘﺎت ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫• اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز اﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎر ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬
‫اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻻ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫• أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰاﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫داﺋﺮة ﺣﻤﺎﯾﺔ أرﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﻬﺪاﻟﻜﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎء ﺗﻌﺜﺮت‬
‫• اﻟﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮف ﻟﻤﺪة ‪ 30‬دﻗﯿﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح‬
‫ﻟﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺮك ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮود‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ دورة‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﻣﺎ زال‬
‫ﯾﻈﮭﺮ‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وأﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻊ‬
‫إﺿﻔﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت ﻏﺴﯿﻞ اﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‬
‫• اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺮغ ﻋﻠﻰوﺟﮧ‬
‫اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ھﻞ ﯾﺘﻢ ﻓﺮز اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻤﯿﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ درج اﻟﻤﻮزع‪ .‬داﺋﻤﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲأﻗﺮب وﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ دورة‪.‬‬
‫• اﻏﺴﻞ داﺋﻤﺎ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﺪاﻛﻨﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ اﻷﻟﻮان اﻟﻔﺎﺗﺤﺔ‬
‫واﻟﺒﯿﻀﺎء ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮاﻟﻠﻮن‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎنذﻟﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺸﺪة ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺑﺨﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• اذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﻮازن اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﻞ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﺟﺢ‪ .‬ﯾﺘﻢ‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺪورة ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻠﻬﺎ ﯾﺪوﯾﺎ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻷﺣﻤﺎل اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮة ﻷاﺧﺘﯿﺎر ات إﺿﺎﻓﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ان‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎف ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎحﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﻮازﻧﺔ اﻷﺣﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺛﻘﯿﻠﺔ أﺣﻤﺎل أﺧﻒ وزﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺎو ﻟﺔ ﻟﻐﺴﻞ اﻟﻤﻮاد‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺸﻲء ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻮازن‬
‫• إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﺤﻤﻞ ﯾﺪوﯾﺎ إذا أﺻﺒﺤﺖ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻜﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮزﯾﻊ اﻵﻟﻲ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺮغ ﻓﻮرا‪.‬‬
‫• ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻮق ﻃﺎﻗﺘﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺒﺎردة‬
‫واﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺗﻢ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪.‬‬
‫• داﺋﻤﺎ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻗﺮب وﻗﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ‬
‫• ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬و ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻻ ﯾﻐﻠﻖﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫وﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ إﻏﻼق ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ أﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﮧ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺸﻄﻒ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أن ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺠﺎﻋﯿﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ أﺟﺴﺎم ﻏﺮﯾﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻼت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﯿﺔ واﻟﺪﺑﺎﺑﯿﺲ واﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ و‬
‫ﻣﺎإﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺰ ة ﺑﯿﻦ ﻟﻮح‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ واﻟﺴﻠﺔ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺈﯾﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻲ ز راﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻄﻲ زر ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ دورة ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ وﻋﺼﺮاﻟﺤﻤﻞ‪ .‬وﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺠﻔﯿﻒ‬
‫أو اﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺛﻢ اﺑﺤﺜﻲ ﻋﻦ أي أﺷﯿﺎء ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺰة ﻓﻲ ﻟﻮح‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ وﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺘﮭﺎ‪ .‬اﺣﺮﺻﻲ داﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﺠﯿﻮب وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞاﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ أﻛﻮاد اﻟﺨﻄﺄ أواﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 30‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ)ﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻠﻮل‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻮل‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ آﻣﻦ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫أﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻨﻔﯿﺎت اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ واﻟﺒﺎرد ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﺻﺤﯿﺤﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ دور ة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‪ ،‬وإﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﻣﻔﺘﻮح و ﻟﺘﺄﻣﯿﻨﮧ ﯾﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫وﺗﺸﻐﯿﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻏﻄﺎء ﻣﺘﺮ وك‬
‫• أﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء وإﻋﺎدةدورة‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪاﯾﺔ إذاﻟﺰم اﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮاﻃﻊدواﺋﺮ ‪/‬ﺗﻌﺜﺮت ‪/‬أو ﺗﻔﺠﺮت‬
‫• ﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻘﻮاﻃﻊ اﻟﻜﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻣﻨﺰل‪/‬اﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎت ‪ .‬ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫داﺋﺮ ة ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج اﻟﻰ اﻋﺎدةﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ أﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﺪورة‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰزر‬
‫ﺑﺪء ‪ /‬إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎهﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪا‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔﻻ ﺗﻌﺒﺄ‬
‫اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﻜﯿﺎ‬
‫• ھﺬا أﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﺤﺺ آﺧﺮﺻﻨﺒﻮر ﻓﻲاﻟﻤﻨﺰل ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﻤﻨﺰﻟﯿﺔ ھﻮ ﻛﺎف‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎرد ﺟﺪا‬
‫• و ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ إﻟﻰدرﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة أﻗﻞﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﯿﺪ ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻣﻤﺘﺪة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ ،‬واﻟﺴﻤﺎحﻟﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪.‬وإﻻ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻓﻠﺘﺮأو ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻠﻮى‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦأن اﻟﻔﻼﺗﺮ )اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎت اﻟﺰرﻗﺎء واﻟﺒﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ اﻧﺴﺪاد(ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪة‪ .‬إﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﻤﯿﺎه واﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﺨﺮﻃﻮم ﻣﻦ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ أنﺧﺮ اﻃﯿﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﺘﻠﻮى أو اﻟﻤﺴﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎءة اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬وﻗﺪﺿﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮار ة ﻟﮭﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ و ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻﺑﺪ أنﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊاﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻰ اﻟﻜﻔﺎﺋﺔ اﻻﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪم ﻛﻔﺎﯾﺔ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه وﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎ‬
‫• ﯾﺠﺐ إﻏﻼق اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ دورات اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ إذا ﺗﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﺳﻮفﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎﻓﻲ ذﻟﻚﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺤﯿﺢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﺮﻃﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦأن ﺧﺮاﻃﯿﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﻮﻓﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺎء اﻟﺒﺎردل ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﺎردﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎل‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻄﻲاﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪ .‬ھﺬا‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﻲ أنھﺬه اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ذات اﻟﻜﻔﺎءة اﻟﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻷﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أداءأﻓﻀﻞ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 31‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ)ﺗﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺼﺮ‬
‫ف اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻠﻮل‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺼﻮل‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫أﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ وﺻﻼت اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ و اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺿﯿﻘﺔ وﻻﺑﺪ أن ﺗﻜﻮن‬
‫آﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮفوﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﺻﺤﯿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻜﺜﯿﺮﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‬
‫ﻋﺪم ﻛﻔﺎﯾﺔ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫ﺑﻘﺎﯾﺎ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﯿﮧ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪاﻟﻤﺒﯿﺾﻗﺒﻞأواﻧﮧ‬
‫ﻣﻮزعﺗﺒﯿﯿﺾﯾﻤﺘﻸ‬
‫ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﺊ وﺗﻮزﯾﻊ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‬
‫اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻣﺠﺮى‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻻ ﯾﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮧ‬
‫ﻋﺪم ﻛﻔﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻒ ﻓﻰ أزاﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻘﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻧﻘﻊ‬
‫• اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺧﺮﻃﻮم اﻟﺘﺼﺮﯾﻒ ﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﺘﻠﻮى‪.‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬وﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻟﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ أنﯾﻜﻮن أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 20.32cm‬ﻓﻮق اﻷرض‪.‬‬
‫• رﺑﻤﺎ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق ﺧﻠﻖ اﻟﺘﺴﺮﯾﺒﺎت‪ ،‬وﯾﻤﻜﻦ ان ﯾﻜﻮن ﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮع وﻛﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ .‬وﯾﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎأ ﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒا ﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪة‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻊ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات اﻟﻤﻮزع‬
‫اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ ‪ ,‬اﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﺎت اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﻤﯿﺎت أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت‪ ،‬وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه ﯾﺴﺮ‬
‫ة وﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻋﺴﺮه‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق ﻓﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ اﻟﺪرج ‪,‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق اﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻜﻮب اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﮧ ﻓﻰ درج اﻟﻤﻮزع‬
‫و ﻋﻨﺪ أﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺴﺤﻮق ﺑﻮدرة ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ أزاﻟﺔ ھﺬا اﻟﻜﻮب وداﺋﻤﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ إﻏﻼق ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ درج اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺪورة‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻜﻤﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺘﺮح ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎ تﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻨﯿﻊ‪ .‬وﯾﺠﻮز ﻟﻚ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺧﻔﻒ ﻣﻦاﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎء إﻟﻰ ﺧﻂ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮرة ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ اﻧﺴﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ إﻣﺪادات اﻟﻤﯿﺎه و ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ ﺻﻨﺎﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‬
‫• ﻃﺒﯿﻌﻲ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮر ات‪.‬ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﻤﺴﺤﻮق وﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ‬
‫أزاﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣﯿﺎن اﻟﺘﻨﻈﯿﻒ ﺑﻤﺎء داﻓﺊ وﻓﺮﺷﺎة ﻓﺮك‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﻣﻮاد اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮزع ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫وﺳﯿﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮزع اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻤﻠﺊ اﻟﺰاﺋﺪ وﺗﻮزﯾﻌﮧ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻷواﻧﮧ و ﯾﺆدى ﻟﻸﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻨﮧ ﺑﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺪة ھﻨﺎك ﺧﻂ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى اﻟﻤﺸﺎر إﻟﯿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮزع‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﻤﻠﺊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺘﻢ وﺿﻌﮧ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ووﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﮧ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺪورة‬
‫• ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ إزاﻟﺔ وﺗﻨﻈﯿﻒ اﻟﻐﻄﺎء اﻟﺘﺒﯿﯿﺾ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﯿﺎه داﻓﺌﮧ وﻓﺮ ﺷﺎة ﻓﺮ‬
‫ك ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻧﺴﺪاد‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﯿﺎرات ازاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺳﯿﺨﺘﺎر ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﻊ و‬
‫ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯿﺎ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة وإذا اﺧﺘﺮت ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﺧﯿﺎرات ازاﻟﺔ اﻟﺒﻘﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﯿﺎر ‪ presoak‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﯾﺪ‬
‫دورﺗﻚ ﻏﺴﯿﻞ ‪ ,‬داﺋﻤﺎ اﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﯾﻚ‬
‫ذ وﻛﻔﺎءة ﻋﺎﻟﯿﺔ و ﯾﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ أوﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﯿﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮ‬
‫ع داﺋﻤﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎت رﻋﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 32‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻼت وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬﻛ™‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ھﺬه اﻟﻤﯿﺰ ةﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ذﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ‪ ,‬و اﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﯾﺒﺪو ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎ زﻓﺎﻛﺲ‪ ،‬وھﻜﺬا ﻻ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﮧ إﻻ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ ﻻ ﯾﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ™ ﺗﻔﻌﯿﻠﮧ اﻻ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻮ ﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬‫ﺛﻢ ﯾﺠﺐ أن ﯾﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ دون ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ™ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫إذا واﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻏﺴﺎﻟﺘﻚ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪ ،‬وﺗﺮﯾﺪ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﻤﻼء‪ .‬أﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﺎت وﻛﯿﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫واﻟﻘﯿﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﯿﻞ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أي أزرار أﺧﺮى أو ﺗﺤﻮل ﻣﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﺪورات‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪ ،‬أوﺿﻊ ﻟﺴﺎن ھﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻗﺮﯾﺐ ﺟﺪا ﻣﻦ زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪ COLD WASH‬ﻟﻤﺪة ﺛﻼث ﺛﻮان‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ ﻋﻘﺪ ﻟﺴﺎن اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ إﻟﻰ أﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ أو زر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﻧﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﻐﺴﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﻨﺘﻬﻰ ‪ ,‬ھﺬ اﯾﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﺣﻮاﻟﻲ ‪ 6‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﺔ‪،‬و ﺳﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ أﻓﻀﻞ اﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮك اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﻦ ﯾﺠﺮي أﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت‪.‬‬
‫• إذا ﻛﺎن وﻛﯿﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﯿﺲ ﻗﺎدر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺠﯿﻞ دﻗﯿﻖ ﻟﻠﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ اﻟﻤﺤﺎوﻟﺔ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬وﺑﻤﺠﺮد أن اﻧﺘﻬﻰ اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ واﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت وﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬واﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻟﻤﺤﺎدﺛﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚﻣﻊ وﻛﯿﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ‪ ،‬واﻟﺬي ﺳﯿﻜﻮن ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ ﻗﺎدرا ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺ اﻟﺬﻛﻲ ھﻲ ﻣﯿﺰة اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﺎ ﺑﻐﺮ ض اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة‪ ،‬وﻟﯿﺴﺖ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ع ن اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﯿﺪﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎت اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪.‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ھﺬه اﻟﻤﯿﺰ ة ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻮا ﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﯿﺲ ﻋﻠﻰﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﺤﺼﺮ‪،‬ﻓﻤﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺎﺗﻒ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﻮي اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻰا ﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﯾﺤﻤﻞ ﺿﻮ ﺿﺎء ﺧﺎرﺟﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﺸﺨﯿﺺاﻟﺬﻛﻲﻣﻦﺧﻼل اﻹرﺳﺎلو أل ﺟﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ذﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫وأﺻﻮات اﻟﻐﺮ ﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﯾﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ ھﺎ اﻟﺠﺎز‪ .‬وﺑﻨﺎءﻋﻠﯿﮫ‪،‬ﻻ ﯾﻀﻤﻦ أن ﯾﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ أي ﻗﻀﯿﺔ ﻣﻌﯿﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 33‬‬
‫ﺷﺮوط اﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ‬
34
MFL69552205_Arb.indd 34
16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺮاز‬
‫اﻟﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﯿﻒ اﻟﻤﺪﺧﻼت‬
‫وزن‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂاﻟﻤﯿﺎه‬
‫‪T1872WFFS5‬‬
‫‪ 220-240‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ‪ 50 ,‬ھﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪1600-1800 W‬‬
‫‪ 66‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫)‪686(W) x 721(D) x 1130(H‬‬
‫‪ 800 - 50‬ﻛﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﺳﻜﺎل )‪( kgf/cm 8.0 - 0.5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫* ﺟﻬﻮدﻧﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮة ﻟﺘﺤﺴﯿﻦ ﻧﻮ ﻋﯿﺔ اﻷﺟﻬﺰ ة ﻟﺪﯾﻨﺎ‪،‬ﻗﺪ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﺮور يإ ﺟﺮ اء ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﺪون ﺗﻌﺪﯾﻞ دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ ھﺬا‪.‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27‬‬
‫‪MFL69552205_Arb.indd 35‬‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﺮة‬
36
MFL69552205_Arb.indd 36
16. 10. 4. 오전 9:27
Download PDF